-------
2. For which purposes is the system used (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
The system automatically produces letters to PWSs in violation.
Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
X Others
The PWS system is capable of tracking non-public water systems from
information supplied by counties. This information is used by the
counties for their own tracking efforts.
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
April 22, 1991 Florida - 2
-------
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g.. limit; level measured)
The system maintains parametric data for all types of violations. In
addition, all laboratory data must be accompanied by a certified
laboratory identification number or the data will be rejected.
. X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
X SNCs (also see next question)
The system can generate SNC reports for the previous
12-month period.
ril22, 1991 Florida - 3
-------
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
Florida is currently using EPA's old definition. They
plan on reprogramming the new three-tier definition by
December 1991.
State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Compliance schedules
Florida can modify the program to use stricter compliance limits for three
contaminant types: trihaJomethane, Chem/Rads, and bacti. The capability
to easily alter limits for other contaminants is planned for the future.
X Progress in meeting compliance schedules
There are several free-form screens where comments regarding a water
system's ability to meet compliance schedules can be made.
X Variances
X Variance type
Other
April 22, 1991 Florida - 4
-------
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Reports based on the last inspection date are generated to identify water
systems due for inspection.
X Summaries of results of inspections
Summary reports are kept in comment fields.
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g.. fees)
Other resources data
3.9. .What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency that manages the system.
X Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Sampling data is delivered to the Held offices from laboratories or
drinking water systems with their own laboratories for on-line entry.
Inventory information is entered into the PWS database directly by the
seven district and 10 approved county offices. (The 10 approved counties
are part of Florida's Health Department.)
X Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
pril 22, 1991 Honda - 5
-------
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
Information sent to the State offices (district and county) is entered on-
line.
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to ail that apply.)
Input operator review
X 2nd party review
High and low values are manually reviewed from hard copy.
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
X By repeat query
MCL violations flash on-screen when entered.
X By edit-checking
X Other
There are on-line transaction edits before storing some data.
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
X Magnetic Tape to NCC
April 22, 1991 Florida - 6
-------
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS El Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion? Minor
Was the conversion fully successful?
Discovered in February 1991 that the state violation
conversion to federal violations was not working properly.
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X On-line help screens
X Telephone support
X Other
Annual training and manual updates.
.pril 22, 1991 Florida - 7
-------
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Other offices within the same state Can only view and request reports.
X Other states Request reports.
X Other Public request reports.
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
X Mainframe
UNISYS 2200; Florida uses dedicated lines exclusively for security
reasons. The system previously ran on a Sperry 1193.
Minicomputer
' PC
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer networkNetwork type:
PC/mainframe networkNetwork type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: UNISYS OS-2200
Applications software: COBOL
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
X Training material
April 22, 1991 Florida - 8
-------
X System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Greg Knobel
Address: Administrative and Technical Services Division
Telephone: (904) 488-0892
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
With the adoption of the TCR, masssive changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
Automated tracing and invalidation of samples under new coliform rule
requirements. When the surface water treatment rule becomes effective,
the sampling protocol will be altered to recognize plant requirements.
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
X What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
Exact system size is not available. There are over 300,000 records.
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
,,pril22, 1991 Florida-9
-------
X What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
276 megabytes are currently required for data storage.
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
The system contains about four times the information needed for FRDS which is used at
the State level. The interviewee's perception is that the system is very good and that
there should be more automation.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS El interactive retrieval training?
Yes
April 22, 1991 Florida - 10
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Georgia
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: GA1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Georgia Drinking Water Database System
1.2.2. Common name (if different): WATSUP (Program Name)
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Georgia
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Georgia Department of Natural Resources
1.3 Name of interviewer. Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Paul Arnold
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Environmental Protection Divison
Drinking Water Program
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 205 Butler Street, SE
Floyd Tower East, Suite 1066
Atlanta, GA 30334
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number (404) 656-4807
1.4.5. Backup contact: Doug Davenport
.pril 22, 1991 ' Georgia - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
X Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Inventory data is maintained using the PRIME system; violation data is
maintained on a PC using the program Clipper.
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
. apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
April 22, 1991 Georgia - 2
-------
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
A program must be run against the data to generate lists of
microbioiogic.il violations.
Monitoring/reporting violations
MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
The EPA definition of SNC as of April 1990 is used to
determine SNCs.
State definition
^ Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does die system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
,ril 22, 1991 . Georgia - 3
-------
X Current enforcement actions
Enforcement information is on microcomputers in the Clipper Program.
Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other .
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Compliance schedules
Compliance schedules for microbiological violations only are in the system.
Most other compliance data is tracked manually at the regional level.
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)'
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)"
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
April 22, 1991 Georgia - 4
-------
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
The State does most of the laboratory work for PWSs and has a system to
store data and print reports on the PRIME system. The other
laboratories do not have direct access and some data is received from the
systems themselves.
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X Input operator review
X 2nd party review
X Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
There is on-line verification data QA/QC for microbiological data.
By repeat query
X By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
The data is sent via modem directly to NCC.
pril 22, 1991 Georgia - 5
-------
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
. There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
As of October 1, 1990, all transfers will be in DTP. Conversion and
testing are complete.
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
Ad hoc reports are available only with programming.
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X On-line help screens
April 22, 1991 Georgia - 6
-------
X Telephone support
_ Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
_ Other offices within the same state
_ Other states
_ Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
_ Mainframe
X Minicomputer
PRIME 2755: access via terminals.
_ PC
_ Other
5.1.2. Distributed
X PC network Network type: Novell; this will Ethernet
X PC/minicomputer networkNetwork type: Twisted Pair
_ PC/mainframe network Network type:
_ Other
5.1.3. _ Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: Primes
Applications software: Info
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
_ User's manual
_ Training material
_ System administration manual
l 22, 1991 Georgia - 7
-------
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Ted Jackson
Address: Division of Environmental Protection
Telephone: (404) 656-6593
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
X ' There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
Plan to discontinue use of the Clipper Program to maintain enforcement
information and develop a proram on the Prime Computer similar to the
inventory programs.
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
X What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
The system uses 8 megabytes of main memory, currently uses 400 to 500
megabytes of disk storage. New regulations will increase need greatly.
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What arc the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Many separate databases can be accessed with the INFO program.
April 22, 1991 Georgia - 8
-------
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
The Drinking Water Program is setting up a PC network to be tied into the PRIME.
There are some problems with down time when the air conditioning is shut off. Prime is
unable to interface with other computers and software applications.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS
X Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency: Once per quarter.
Main purpose(s): To upload inventory changes and violation
data.
- No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS II training provided by EPA?
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
ml 22, 1991 Georgia - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Hawaii
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: HI1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system:
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different): WST-BAC., PWS-INV.
1.2.4. State:
1.2.5. Name of state agency that nyiint?ins and operates the system:
Department of Health
1.3 Name of interviewer
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Linda Bauer
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch): Safe Drinking Water Branch
1.42.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters orBce/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 5 Waterfront Plaza
500 Ala Moana Blvd. Ste. 250
Honolulu, HI 96813
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number 808-543-8258
1.4.5. Backup contact: David Higa
11 22, 1991 Hawaii - 1
-------
The state's sytem is comprised of four databases kept on microcomputers. Three of the
databases can be linked by PWS ID number. The fourth system, used to track VOS's
and unregulated sample results, can not be interlinked with the others.
2. For which purposes is the system used (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
Inventory information is stored in one of the three interlinkable databases.
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
A second database tracks bacti and turbidity. The third interlinked
database tracks organic, inorganic, and THM violations.
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
Enforcement information is tracked for Bacti and turbidity only.
Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fee tracking
_. __ Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
X System administration data
April 22, 1991 Hawaii - 2
-------
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
System owner/operator data
System treatment data
System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
Sample results for Bacti and turbidity are entered into the system for
some islands. Other islands submit a summary which lists only the
instances of violation
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
For the old Total Coliform, turbidity, and Bacti
violations only.
X MCL violations
For the old Total Coliform, turbidity, and bacti
violations only.
SNCs (also see next question)
>ril 22, 1991 Hawaii - 3
-------
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
Yes
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
X Other
The system can indicate when the last survey was completed.
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
The system stores only the survey date.
X Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)'
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
April 22, 1991 Hawaii - 4
-------
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Army and Navy bases and the Honolulu Board of Water Supply submit
their own results.
X Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
Some islands have their own labs and submit results on floppy disk.
Smaller islands submit hard copy summaries.
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
2nd parry review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By rep*nt query
By edit-checking
vpril 22, 1991 . Hawaii - 5
-------
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
A diskette is delivered directly to PRC, an EPA contractor providing
FRDS support.
X Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTF.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTF.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS II Data Transfer Format (DTF). If DTF is used:
The Safe Drinking Water Branch uses the FRDS-DE program to upload
data to FRDS-II. All relevant information is entered into the FRDS-DE
program every quarter.
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
April 22, 1991 Hawaii - 6
-------
Ad-hoc reports are generated by creating custom dBASE commands and
routines.
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
The system is menu driven.
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X On-line help screens
_ Telephone support
_ Other
4.3. What other users of this system are diere? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
_ Other offices within the same state
_ Other states
_ Other
System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1.. Centralized
_ Mainframe
_ Minicomputer
X PC
IBM-XT and WANG PC
_ Other
5.1.2. Distributed
_ PC network Network type:
_ PC/minicomputer networkNetwork type:
_ PC/mainframe networkNetwork type:
Other
l 22, 1991 Hawaii - 7
-------
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS
Applications software: dBASE III+
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
. X User's manual
A set of instructions was written for the bacti and tubidity database part
of the system.
Training material
System administration manual
They believe the system meets the RRR.
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Same
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
April 22, 1991 Hawaii - 8
-------
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
The Branch currently uses a 20 megabyte hard disk and a Bernoulli box.
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
Yes
pril 22, 1991 Hawaii - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Idaho
Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: ID1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Public Drinking Water Supplies
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Idaho
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health and Welfare
1.3 Name of interviewer Lisa Richardson (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Renee Hardy
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1,4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Division of Environmental Quality, Operations Unit
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 1410 North Hilton St.
Boise, ID 83706
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number (208) 334-5870
1.4.5. Backup contact: Steve Dempsey
pril 22, 1991 Idaho - 1
-------
Idaho is currently developing a new system to track PWS information. The following
inventory fact sheet contains information about this system. The expected completion
date for Idaho's new tracking system is December 1991.
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
X General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
X System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
April 22, 1991 Idaho - 2
-------
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
X SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
.pril 22, 1991 Idaho - 3
-------
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
X Variances
X Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
To be determined upon further development
X Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources arc tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply./
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)'
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
VOCs, bacteria, and turbidity.
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
April 22, 1991 Idaho - 4
-------
X Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Inventory information is reported to field offices which then send the data
to the main office.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Data verification methods are undergoing further consideration.
Input operator review
X 2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Direct connection to NCC.
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
.pril 22, 1991 Idaho - 5
-------
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
._ We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently convening to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS El Data Transfer Format (DTF). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful? Yes
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
April 22, 1991 Idaho - 6
-------
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
Minicomputer
X PC IBM PS 2
. Other
5.1.2. Distributed
X PC network Network type: Token Ring
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS
Applications software: dBASE III, Clipper
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
To be developed.
X Training material
.pril 22, 1991 Idaho - 7
-------
X System administration manual
To be developed.
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Steve Dempsey
Address: 1410 N. Hilton, 2nd Floor
Boise, ID 83706
Telephone: (208) 334-0414
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes. there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
X Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
X What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
The system will require 30 megabytes total.
X What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
640 kilobytes
X What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
5 Megabytes
April 22, 1991 Idaho - 8
-------
X What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Menu-driven software
X Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
Wide-area access
X What is the size of the current staff to support application
16 state-wide
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS II training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS II interactive retrieval training?
Yes
..pril-22, 1991 Idaho-9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Illinois
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: IL1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Sample Automation Facility Evaluation
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different): SAFE
1.2.4. State: Illinois
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Illinois Environmental Protection Agency
1.3 Name of interviewer Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Charles Bell
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Division of Public Water Supplies
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address:. P.O. Box 19276
Springfield, IL 62794-9276
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number (217) 785-4653
1.4.5. Backup contact:
.pri!22, 1991 Illinois - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
X Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.;
X CWSs
NTNCs
NCWSs
The State Department of Public Health oversees Non-community water
systems.
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
April 22, 1991 Illinois - 2
-------
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
The system is designed to hold all sample results, however only violation
data is input due to resource limitations.
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
The system does not automatically identify radiological
reporting violations.
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No. There is a persistent violator report available for Bacti violations
only.
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
ril 22, 1991 Illinois - 3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
. Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Compliance schedules
The system has the ability to track compliance schedules, but it is not
used.
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
X Variances
X Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
X Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply./
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
The system maintains historical data on raw water sources and on all certified
operations.
April 22, 1991 Illinois - 4
-------
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g.. system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Data is electronically uploaded
Data is electronically uploaded from laboratory information systems.
X On-line (key) data entry
Bacti data is entered into an entry program which then batch uploads the
data.
Data is keypunched
. Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
X 2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
By edit-checking
X Other
Data is verified in the field before it is entered into the system.
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
pril 22, 1991 Illinois - 5
-------
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
X Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS H Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion? No
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
There is a very limited on-screen reporting capability.
X Standard printed reports
Ad-hoc on screen reports
Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
April 22, 1991 Illinois - 6
-------
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
X Mainframe IBM 3090
Minicomputer
PC
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software:
Applications software: COBOL
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
Training material
X System administration manual
Technical guide
jril 22, 1991 Illinois - 7
-------
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Lou Allyn Byus
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
X There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application?
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
It would be better if the system were on-line and had inquiry capabilities so that
regional offices could use it.
April 22, 1991 Illinois - 8
-------
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS II interactive retrieval training?
No
pril 22, 1991 Illinois - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Indiana
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: INI
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Drinking Water Information Management System
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different): DWIMS
1.2.4. State: Indiana
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Environmental Management
1.3 Name of interviewer. Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Linda Edwards
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1.. State agency/office/division (or branch): Drinking Water Branch
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 105 South Meridian
Indianapolis, IN 46225
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number: (317) 233-4190
1.4.5. Backup contact:
.pril 22, 1991 Indiana - 1
-------
Indiana is in the process of receiving primacy. As such, they are developing an
information management system using dBASE IV. The following information address
this dBASE system, although it is not yet complete.
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fees are tracked through the Board of Health laboratories.
Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
April 22, 1991 Indiana - 2
-------
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
X Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation '
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X . Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
pril 22, 1991 Indiana - 3
-------
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Compliance schedules
X Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
X Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)"
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
X Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
Some data arrives from the Department of Health.
April 22, 1991 Indiana - 4
-------
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
X 2nd party review
This is their current method of QA/QC.
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
Repeat query and on-line edit checking will be developed in the future.
By repeat query
By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Data will be sent via floppy disk or modem once the system is fully
developed. Currently, bacti information is sent to Region V by modem.
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
pril 22, 1991 Indiana - 5
-------
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
April 22, 1991 Indiana - 6
-------
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
Minicomputer
X PC Epson 286
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
X PC network Network type: Novell
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network. Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS
Applications software: dBASE IV
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support me system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
Training material
X System administration manual
It will meet the revised reporting requirements once complete.
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
pril 22, 1991 Indiana - 7
-------
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is 'Jie system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be. required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
X What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
April 22, 1991 Indiana - 8
-------
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS El interactive retrieval training?
Yes
pril 22, 1991 Indiana - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Iowa
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: IA1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Water Supply Facility List
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different): WSFL
1.2.4. State: Iowa
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Natrual Resources
1.3 Name of interviewer Lisa Richardson (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Tamie Calef
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch): Data Processing Bureau
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: Data Processing Bureau, IA DNR
900 East Grand, Wallace Building
Des Moines, LA 50319
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number: (515) 281-8956
1.4.5. Backup contact:
April 22, 1991 Iowa- 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
The WSFL system stores data that computer programs can access to
calculate and determine which systems need to be sent "reminder notices" to
initiate action.
X Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
X Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
X Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.) ' .
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
April 22, 1991 . Iowa - 2
-------
X System treatment data
X System location data (Nearest city)
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys (only inspection date is stored)
Operator Certification
Operator certification information is maintained in a separate database.
X Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
X State definition
The system does not define SNCs. Iowa attempts to resolve
violations before they become SNCs.
Other definition
.pril 22, 1991 Iowa - 3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other.
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Compliance schedules
X Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all.
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)"
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)'
Financial data (e.g., fees)
X Other resources data
Fiscal, personnel and hardware available to operate the system.
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
The system maintains historical data on violations and follow-up actions,
monitoring results, monitoring requirements, construction records, and operation
permits.
April 22, 1991 Iowa - 4
-------
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
System data arrives via a 2-year renewable water supply operation permit
application from the Held directly to the state agency headquarters that
manages the system (DNR). Analytical data is sent from the field (system
or system's labs) to the University Hygienic Laboratory which is then
electronically transmitted to DNR for editing and uploading into WSFL.
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Data is electronically uploaded
Sample results from the laboratories are electronically uploaded.
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
X Other
Batch programs are used to load, delete, and modify data.
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X Input operator review
2nd party review
X Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
X By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
pril 22, 1991 Iowa - 5
-------
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
X Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
There are no major problems with the conversion, except for limited
resources. Currently, inventory and source data is sent in FRDS 1.5,
while violation and follow-up data is sent in FRDS II. Full conversion of
the system to DTF is anticipated by mid-1991.
We are currently converting to DTF.
There are problems with the conversion.
FRDS II Data Transfer Format (DTF). If DTF is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
April 22, 1991 Iowa-6
-------
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X On-line help screens
The system is menu driven and displays screen messages.
X Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system arc there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
X Other
EPA Region VII has direct access to view only. Any person or state
agency that is connected to the State network may access USFL for view
only.
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
X Mainframe IBM 3090
Minicomputer
PC
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: VMS-ESA
Applications software: IDMS DATABASE
.pril 22, 1991 Iowa - 7
-------
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
There is a limited amount of training material.
Training material
System administration manual
Technical guide
X Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Same
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
Anticipate full conversion by mid-1991.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
X Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
X What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
The system operates a 500 cylinder mainframe.
April 22, 1991 . Iowa - 8
-------
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors .not yet discussed?
X What is the size of the current staff to support application
It is projected that approximately two FTEs will be required per year.
This estimate ranges from 1-4 people.
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
Very use-friendly after initial sign-on.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS II interactive retrieval training?
Yes
April 22, 1991 Iowa - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Kansas
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: KS1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system:
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Kansas
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health and Environment,
Bureau of Water
1.3 Name of interviewer Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Jean Herroid
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch): Public Water Supply Section
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: Forbes Field
Bldg. #740
Topeka, Kansas 66620
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number. (913) 296-5518
1.4.5. Backup contact:
pril 22, 1991 Kansas - 1
-------
Kansas does not have an information system to track PWS. All data is manually
tracked and stored. Update information for FRDS-n is sent via hardcopy (card 45) to
the Regional Office.
The Word processing center has a mailing list with fees, lab accounts, EPA #, County,
and brief description of each PWS. The following capabilities are deroved from this
mailing list.
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Inventories of water systems
Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
X Fee tracking
Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
X General administration
Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
X Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
For surface, ground, and purchased surface and ground souces only.
X System administration data
April 22, 1991 Kansas - 2
-------
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
System size
System owner/operator data
System treatment data
X System location data
PWS county only.
Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
Sanitary Surveys
Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Type of violation
Date of violation
Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
. Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
Monitoring/reporting violations
MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
pril 22, 1991 Kansas - 3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
Current enforcement actions
Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)'
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
April 22, 1991 Kansas - 4
-------
X Data anives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
.pril 22, 1991 Kansas - 5
-------
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently convening to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Standard on screen reports .
X Standard printed reports
Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
April 22, 1991 Kansas - 6
-------
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
Minicomputer
PC
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
X PC/mainframe network Network type: LAN +
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: DOS
Applications software: WordPerfect 5.0
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
User's manual
Training material
System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
.pril 22, 1991 Kansas - 7
-------
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Steve Brown
Address: Data Processing Section
Telephone: (193) 296-5612
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system? If
so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for efficient
operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is there
in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
April 22, 1991 Kansas - 8
-------
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Did the interviewee anend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
.*pril 22, 1991 . Kansas - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Kentucky
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: KYI
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: MSIS
1.2.2. Common name (if different): Kentucky Drinking Water Information
System
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Kentucky
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Natural Resources and Environmental Protection
1.3 Name of interviewer Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Vicki Ray
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch): Division of Water
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 18 Reilly Road
Frankfort, Kentucky 40601
(502) 564-3410
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number: (502) 564-3510
1.4.5. Backup contact:
ipril 22, 1991 ' Kentucky - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
X Tracking of submission of other required reports
The monthly operative report is also tracked.
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other ' '
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.;
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
X Others Semi-public
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
X System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System sue
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
April 22, 1991 Kentucky - 2
-------
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
Operator certification data is included in a separate, menu-driven
database but is integrated with the PWS inventory via PWS ID.
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No. These indicators are stored in a separate SAS data set and used for
persistent violator reports.
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
The old EPA definition is used.
State definition
Other definition
.pril 22, 1991 Kentucky - 3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Compliance schedules
The capability of the system to maintain compliance schedules is not fully
used.
X Progress in meeting compliance schedules
The capability is not used fully.
X Variances
The system has the capability to maintain variance data.
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
The capability exists, but is not used. Scheduling criteria varies, therefore
SAS report programs are used. Schedules are determined by central
office.
X Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
April 22, 1991 Kentucky - 4
-------
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
Historical data on all categories is maintained.
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
X Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Information comes via the laboratory. Operating reports are sent to both
the main and field office. Most data is entered into the system in the
main office.
X Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
X Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X Input operator review
Input is keyed in by two different operators and electronically compared
for discrepancies.
X 2nd party review
Information on violations is checked manually.
.pril 22, 1991 Kentucky - 5
-------
Confirmation by water system that supplied data On-line
verification
By repeat query
By edit-checking
X Other
Random audit - data verification
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
X Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.;
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MS IS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTF). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion? Yes.
A new program had to be written. There were many errors
due to misunderstanding FRDS n documentation.
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
April 22, 1991 Kentucky - 6
-------
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.;
On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
X Mainframe IBM 3090
Minicomputer
X PC (In development)
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
X PC/minicomputer network Network type: (In development)
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
.pril 22, 1991 Kentucky - 7
-------
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software:
Applications software: Structured COBOL for master file and update. SAS for
reports or statistical information.
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
The User's Manual is for the original MSIS system, but does not include
any adaptations to the program made by the state.
Training material
System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
X There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
April 22, 1991 Kentucky - 8
-------
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
thai apply.;
On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
X Mainframe IBM 3090
Minicomputer
X PC (In development)
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
X PC/minicomputer network Network type: (In development)
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
.»prir22, 1991 Kentucky - 7
-------
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software:
Applications software: Structured COBOL for master file and update. SAS for
reports or statistical information.
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
The User's Manual is for the original MSIS system, but does not include
any adaptations to the program made by the state.
Training material
System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not die interviewee)?
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet die Revised Reporting
Requirements?
X There are no changes planned since die system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, diere are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for die system?
April 22, 1991 Kentucky - 8
-------
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for die system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
Yes
.pril 22, 1991 Kentucky - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Louisiana
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: LAI
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Safe Drinking Water Program
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Louisiana
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health and Hospitals
1.3 Name of interviewer Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Mr. Leslie LoMon
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Office of Public Health Engineering
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: Room 403
P.O. Box 60630
New Orleans, LA 70160
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number: 504-568-5109
1.4.5. Backup contact:
vpril 22, 1991 Louisiana - 1
-------
The information system as a whole consists of a number of different programs. The
mainframe holds bacti data and some inventory information. Chemical data is
maintained by chemical laboratories and by the central office on a microcomputer.
Inventory information is maintained on the mainframe, but more detailed and up to date
information resides on the microcomputer in the main office. The following information,
except where noted, pertains to the entire system as a whole.
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Some mailing support is available, but the resources are not extensive.
Fee tracking
Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Violation data is uploaded in Card 45. Inventory data is uploaded in FRDS
1 M
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
System administration data
April 22, 1991 Louisiana - 2
-------
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source, location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
There is some limited capability for operator certification information, but
it is not used. More extensive data is kept in a separate database and is
also tracked by a contractor on PC.
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
.pril 22, 1991 Louisiana - 3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
Public notification is the only action taken. The state does not have the
means to enforce compliance.
Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)'
Financial data (e.g.. fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
April 22, 1991 Louisiana - 4
-------
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Bacti laboratory results are sent in hard copy to the central office where
they are keypunched into the system. Future changes to the system will
include bar coded labels on the samples delivered to the laboratories.
Labs will then be able to enter a sample result and assign it to the correct
PWS by scanning the bar code. This information will then be sent on
floppy disk to the mainframe.
X Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Inventory data is sent through the regional office to headquarters.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to-all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
On-line (key) data entry
X Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to ail that apply.)
Input operator review
2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
By edit-checking
X Other
The inventory system has an internal validity check. Regional database
information is compared to current data and checked by hand.
,pril 22, 1991 . Louisiana - 5
-------
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
X Magnetic Tape to NCC
The magnetic tape is used to update inventory information.
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
X We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
The state is waiting for the FRDS-DE program code to
upload in DTP. Once received, they can copy the code
and the mainframe will no longer be used.
MS IS formal. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
April 22, 1991 Louisiana - 6
-------
Ad-hoc on screen reports
Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
X Mainframe IBM; contains inventory in MSIS
Minicomputer
X PC EPSON 286. Violation and enforcement data is kept in the
microcomputer. A separate inventory kept on the microcomputer
is more current than the mainframe copy.
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
X PC network Network type: PC-LAN (in the central office only)
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
^pril 22, 1991 Louisiana - 7
-------
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: VMS for the mainframe system; MS-DOS for the PC based
system.
Applications software: COBOL for the mainframe system; Clipper for the PC
based system.
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual For the mainframe system.
. Training material
X System administration manual For the mainframe system.
Technical guide
Annotated code
'Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: J.J. Ray
Address:
Telephone: 504-508-5100
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes. there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
They want to copy a more complete inventory from the Clipper program
on the PC to the mainframe, since they update FRDS inventory
information from the mainframe. In time, they want to move away from
the mainframe system and keep everything on microcomputers. The main
advantage of the mainframe now is that it can produce all the
bacteriological sample reports that are needed.
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
April 22, 1991 Louisiana - 8
-------
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
X What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
640 kilobytes of memory is required for the microcomputer system.
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
The PC is helpful in getting away from the mainframe. The system can generate bar-
coded labels for field units to use to identify bacti samples.
Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
X Yes. the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS H interactive retrieval training?
No
^pril 22, 1991 Louisiana - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Maine
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: ME1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Drinking Water Program
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different): DWP
1.2.4. State: Maine
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Bureau of Health
1.3 Name of interviewer Milenko Ralich (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Lynda Hadsell
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Drinking Water Program
Div. of Health Engineering, DWP
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: Division of Health and Engineering
State House Sta. 10
Augusta, Maine 04333-0010
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number. (207) 289-5683
1.4.5. Backup contact:
,.pril22, 1991 Maine-1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
__ Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required .reports on monitoring
X Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
Uploading to FRDS
This function is not available yet. The FRDS-DE program is used for
uploading purposes.
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
X Others
Bottled water facilities are also included.
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
X System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
April 22, 1991 Maine - 2
-------
X System treatment data
X System location data (town located in)
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
Monitoring/reporting violations
MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
.pri!22, 1991 Maine-3
-------
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Compliance schedules
X Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Overdue letters are generated for those who are not in compliance.
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
X Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What type's of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)'
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)'
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
Engineering orders are maintained in the system along with violations, sample
results, etc. No data is purged from the system.
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
April 22, 1991 Maine - 4
-------
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
X Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
X By edit-checking
System has ranges of acceptable values for sampling results.
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
X Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
The FRDS-DE program is currently used to upload FRDS.
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
April 22, 1991 Maine - 5
-------
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.) '
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS H Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
All upload files are generated by FRDS-DE program. The state is waiting
for information on the exact structure of DTP output to further develop
its system.
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
Telephone support
X Other
Information Systems Support Specialist
April 22, 1991 Maine - 6
-------
4.3. What other users of this system arc there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Other offices within the same state
The Eating and Lodging Licensing Agency also uses the system for camp
and restaurant data.
_ Other states
_ Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
_ Mainframe
_ Minicomputer
X PC
_ Other
5.1.2. Distributed
X PC network Network type: New - 3 COM with 29 PCs.
_ PC/minicomputer network Network type:
_ PC/mainframe network Network type:
_ Other
5.1.3. _ Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS on PCs OS2 on Server
Applications software: dBASE III+
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
_ Training material
X System administration manual
_ Technical guide
l22, 1991 Maine -7
-------
Annotated code
X Other
Program documentation
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
Formal enforcement actions and automatic determination of violation
capabilities need to be added.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
Greater system automation is planned.
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
No Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
if so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
X What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
640 kilobytes of memory is needed.
X What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
A 320 megabyte hard drive is available, of which 110 megabytes are
presently used by DWP alone.
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
April 22, 1991 - Maine - 8
-------
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
There are currently ten staff members consisting of one data person, two secretaries, and
six-seven field staff to manage the systems. Without this information support, the staff
would be lost. Increased automation could help to improve the system.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
ipril 22, 1991 ' Maine - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Maryland
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: MD1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system:
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Maryland
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
1.3 Name of interviewer Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: a) Hashem Pezeshki b) Boyd Grove
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch): Water Supply Program
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 2500 Broening Highway
Dundalk, MD 21224
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number: (301) 631-3715
1.4.5. Backup contact:
pril 22, 1991 Maryland - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
This information is contained in a separate R:BASE program running on a
microcomputer.
Fee tracking
Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Non-community water systems are tracked in a different section of the
Water Supply Division than community systems. Both sets of data,
however, are" tracked with Lotus 1-2-3 software.
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
All of this information is in manual files.
Source/entity data
System administration data
Demographics (e.g., population served)
April 22, 1991 Maryland - 2
-------
System size
System owner/operator data
System treatment data
System location data
Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
Sanitary Surveys
Operator Certification .
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
Some of the community sample results are kept in Lotus 1-2-3 files.
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. _. Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
The system cannot identify violations based on a complex
determination of what constitutes a violation. It can, however, sort
a particular set of data to determine MCL violations.
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
ril 22, 1991 Maryland - 3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
All of this data is in manual files.
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Ground
Surface
Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
April 22, 1991 Maryland - 4
-------
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
X Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
County health departments send quarterly summaries of those PWSs
sampled and any violations to the Water Supply Division.
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
a Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.;
Input operator review
2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
X Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
nl 22, 1991 Maryland - 5
-------
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Data is entered into FRDS-DE for the quarterly update to regional offices.
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
All reports are generated by printing ranges of Lotus 1-2-3 worksheets.
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
April 22, 1991 Maryland - 6
-------
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
Minicomputer
X PC IBM compatible 286 machine
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS
Applications software: LOTUS 1-2-3 (Ver. 2.1)
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
User's manual
Training material
System administration manual
Technical guide
l 22, 1991 Maryland - 7
-------
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system cuirently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of-the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
X What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
640 kilobytes
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
April 22, 1991 Maryland - 8
-------
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
.pri!22, 1991 Maryland-9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Massachusetts
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: MAI
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system:
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Massachusetts
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Environmental Protection
1.3 Name of interviewer Milenko Ralich (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Karen Doherty
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch): Division of Water Supply
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 1 Winter Street
Boston, MA 02108
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number: (617) 292-5775
1.4.5. Backup contact:
il 22, 1991 Massachusetts - 1
-------
Massachusetts DEP currently maintains PWS data in a dBASE in system residing on a
network of microcomputers. The following information, in standard print, refers to this
current system.
Information in italic print refers to a new system being developed in ORACLE. The new
system mil have all the capabilities of the current system in addition to the capabilities listed
in italics.
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
The new system will provide generation of letters and labels to the regional
offices, which are responsible for compliance activities.
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
. Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
X General administration
Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X iNTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
April 22, 1991 Massachusetts - 2
-------
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
The current system has source/entity data, but it can only be interrelated
with inventory information (and not violation data). The new system will
have source/entity information.
X System administration data
The new sytstem will contain system administration data.
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
The new system will contain system location data.
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
The new system will contain source location data.
X Sanitary Surveys
Operator Certification
The new system will contain operator certification.
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
The new system will be capable of all tracking of the topics listed below. All
sample results will be input and the system will automatically identify
violations and PWSs in significant noncomptiance.
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
jril 22, 1991 Massachusetts - 3
-------
3.3.1. Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
Monitoring/reporting violations
MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
Yes
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
X State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
No variances or exemptions are issued by the State.
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Each region is responsible for its own scheduling.
Summaries of results of inspections
April 22, 1991 Massachusetts - 4
-------
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Inventory information and sample results are received from each region in
hard copy and entered into the system.
X Data arrives from the field (e.g.. system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
The new system will allow on-line entry from each regional office. Data not
entered by the region will be sent to the central office for entry.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
2nd party review
.pril 22, 1991 Massachusetts - 5
-------
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
The new system will have field dependent data verification. Exact details of the
files and types of verification are not yet available.
By repeat query
By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
X Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.;
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
The new system will upload all PWS information in DTP.
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
April 22, 1991 Massachusetts - 6
-------
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Reporting capabilties for the new system are not fully know at this time.
Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
Ad-hoc on screen reports
Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
S.l.'l. Centralized
Mainframe
Minicomputer
X PC IBM-Compatible
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
X PC network Network type: Banyon
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
nil 22, 1991 Massachusetts - 7
-------
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS
Applications software: dBASE III+. The new system will be in ORACLE.
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
User's manual
A user's manual will be developed for the new system.
Training material
Training material will be developed for the new system.
System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Dorothea Williams
Address: Water Supply Data Management
Telephone: (617) 292-5528
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
X There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes arc planned for the system?
April 22, 1991 Massachusetts - 8
-------
5.6. The following arc issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning stale agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
There are too many people involved with the current system since it encompasses four
separate regional systems and the central office system.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
X Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency: Once per quarter.
Main purpose(s): To review regional submissions to main office.
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS H training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
pril 22, 1991 Massachusetts - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Michigan
i. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: Mil
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: P22 System DPS 6
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Michigan
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health
1.3 Name of interviewer Lisa Richardson (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Karen Kalinowski
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Division of Water Supply, Bureau of Environmental and
Occupational Health
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 3423 North Logan
P.O. Box 30195
Lansing, Michigan 48909
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number: (517) 335-8316
1.4.5. Backup contact:
./ril 22, 1991 Michigan - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fee tracking
. Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
X General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
X Others
The system tracks some "Type 3" PWSs - small systems that do not fall
under the Federal definition, but serve more than one household.
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
X System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
April 22, 1991 Michigan - 2
-------
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
For community systems only.
MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
Information is downloaded to a dBASE IV program on
a microcomputer which can sort and list violations. The
lists must then be manually reviewed to determine
SNCs.
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a
SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
ril 22, 1991 Michigan - 3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
.Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
The system tracks how many times PWSs should be and are visited.
X Summaries of results of inspections
The evaluation data is maintained.
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)'
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
April 22, 1991 Michigan - 4
-------
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
The system tracks facility details, construction dates, the depth of wells, and
other facility information.
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly- from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Data from state laboratories and district engineers is entered directly into
the system.
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
X Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
Non-community system information is delivered from local health
departments.
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
District engineers .and state laboratory personnel enter update information
via remote terminal access.
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
X 2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
X By edit-checking
Other
pri!22, 1991 . Michigan-5
-------
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
X Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Quarterly uploads are sent in DTP format on a floppy disk via FRDS-DE.
Other
X Magnetic Tape to Region
Annual inventory uploads are sent on tape once a year.
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.1.4. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Card image. If card image, check those dial apply:
X We are currently converting to DTP. (for inventory info)
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with die conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTF is used:
For violation data, using FRDS-DE.
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was die conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
One record at a time.
X Standard printed reports
April 22, 1991 Michigan - 6
-------
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
. On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within .the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
X Minicomputer Honeywell DPS-6, with PCs that emulate terminals
PC
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
X PC network Network type: Novell under development for non-
community program.
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
.pril 22, 1991 Michigan - 7
-------
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: GCOS (mini applications)
Applications software: COBOL (mini applications)
The microcomputers run dBASE IV which is used to generate some ad hoc
reports. Chemical sample results are stored in INFO 6, a database package run
on the Honeywell.
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
Training material
System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code .
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Marvin Breedlove
Address: Data Processing Center
Telephone: (517) 335 8736
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since die system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
The system will be upgraded to maintain all required information
simultaneously with DTF transfer capability.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
Developing an enhanced non-community program. They also want to
develop the system to track all monitoring, and are working towards
establishing a telecommunications network with local health departments.
April 22, 1991 Michigan - 8
-------
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
Entire staff can look at the same data and files; the on-line accessibility is very good.
There has been some difficulty developing data which is both meaningful to the office
and FRDS-compatible-enforcement data is not easily transferable.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
il 22, 1991 Michigan - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State. Drinking Water Information Systems
Minnesota
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: MN1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: No system exists.
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Minnesota
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health
1.3 Name of interviewer Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Doug Mandy
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Division of Environmental Health, Water Supply and Well
Management Section, Public Water Supply Unit
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 925 Southeast Delaware
P.O. Box 59040
Minneapolis, MN 55459-0040
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number (612) 627-5179
1.4.5. Backup contact:
jril 22, 1991 Minnesota - 1
-------
2 There is no information system currently in use in Minnesota. All data is kept
manually. They are trying to upload with the FRDS-DE program, but are experiencing
a large number of errors. They are planning on developing a system in dBASE IV+,
since they own the software. No programming has been done to date. The Department
of Health is investigating other State systems and plans on hiring a programmer to help
develop and institute a new system.
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Inventories of water systems
Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fee tracking
Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
CWSs
NTNCs
NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Source/entity data
System administration data
Demographics (e.g., population served)
System size
April 22, 1991 Minnesota - 2
-------
System owner/operator data
System treatment data
System location data
Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
Sanitary Surveys
Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Type of violation
Date of violation
Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
; Monitoring/reporting violations
MCL vioLtions
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
Slate definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
Current enforcement actions
Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
jril 22, 1991 Minnesota - 3
-------
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Ground
Surface
Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Eight district offices conduct surveys and forward the information to the
central office. Sample results, conducted by the state laboratory, are sent
to the district offices where they are included in the survey reports sent to
the central office.
April 22, 1991 Minnesota - 4
-------
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
ipril 22, 1991 Minnesota - 5
-------
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Standard on screen reports
Standard printed reports
Ad-hoc on screen reports
Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
Minicomputer
April 22, 1991 Minnesota - 6
-------
PC
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
X PC network Network type: Novell 2.15
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS
Applications software: dBASE IV+
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
User's manual
Training material
System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, there are changes planned.
22,'1991 Minnesota-?
-------
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes.
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No.
April 22, 1991 Minnesota - 8
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Mississippi
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: MSI
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Region Vni program
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Mississippi
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health
1.3 Name of interviewer. Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Leland May
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Bureau of Environmental Health
Division of Water Supply
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: P.O. Box 1700
Jackson, MS 39215-1700
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number: (601) 960-7518
1.4.5. Backup contact: Bill Wall
l 22, 1991 Mississippi - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
The system maintains bacteriological compliance data.
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
The system maintains bacteriological enforcement data.
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fee tracking
Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
The Division of Water Supply is using the FRDS-DE program.
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to-all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Source/entity data
X System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
April 22, 1991 Mississippi - 2
-------
X System size
System size data is reported in number of connections.
X System owner/operator data
System treatment data
System location data
Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
The system maintains data on the date of the last survey only.
Operator Certification
Operator certification data is maintained in a separate file.
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of-violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
April 22, 1991 Mississippi - 3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
The Division of Water Supply keeps the last two historical enforcement
actions in hardcopy.
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
April 22, 1991 Mississippi - 4
-------
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
X Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Inventory information is provided by field engineers.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
On-line (key) data entry
X Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
X 2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
X Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
The data must be reentered in FRDS-DE to be sent on diskette.
Other
i*pril 22, 1991 Mississippi - 5
-------
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format If MSIS format, check those that apply:
There is no conversion in process. All data is re-entered in FRDS-DE.
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
_. FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
April 22, 1991 Mississippi - 6
-------
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
Minicomputer
X PC MEMOREX 386
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS
Applications software: FoxBASE
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
Training material
System administration manual
Technical guide
April 22, 1991 Mississippi - 7
-------
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
The State has approximately 2000 PWSs and the system is getting us by.
April 22, 1991 Mississippi - 8
-------
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
Attended some of the workshop.
April 22, 1991 Mississippi - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Missouri
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: MO1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system:
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Missouri
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Natural Resources
1.3 Name of interviewer. Lisa Richardson (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Patty Purvis
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Public Drinking Water Program
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: P.O. Box A6
Jefferson City, MO 65102
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone nun/jer. 314-751-8330
1.4.5. Backup contact:
April 22, 1991 Missouri - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
X Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
April 22, 1991 Missouri - 2
-------
Sanitary Surveys
Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
Yes
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
April 22, 1991 Missouri - 3
-------
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Ground
Surface
Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
X Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
April 22, 1991 Missouri - 4
-------
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
X 2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
X By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
X Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
..ril 22, 1991 Missouri - 5
-------
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Dual data entry system; new system on PC.
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
. Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
X Mainframe With terminal network
Minicomputer
PC
Other
April 22, 1991 Missouri - 6
-------
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: Entry Point
Applications software: SAS, Answer, dBASE
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
User's manual
Training material
System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
,ril 22, 1991 Missouri - 7
-------
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
X What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
300-350 Megabytes to run
X What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
150 Megabytes for inventory and comp
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
X Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency: Quarterly
Main purpose(s): Quarterly Update
No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
No
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
April 22, 1991 Missouri - 8
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Montana
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: MT1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system:
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Montana
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health and Environmental Sciences
1.3 Name of interviewer Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Jim Melsted
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Water Quality Bureau
Monitoring and Reporting Section
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: Cogswell Bldg.
Room A206
Helena, MT 59620
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number: 406-444-2406
1.4.5. Backup contact:
pri!22, 1991 Montana- 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fee tracking
Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.;
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
; Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Source/entity data
System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
April 22, 1991 . Montana - 2
-------
X Sanitary Surveys
Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
Yes
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
Current enforcement actions
Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
.ipril 22, 1991 Montana - 3
-------
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules .
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
X Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is cracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)'
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
April 22, 1991 Montana - 4
-------
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
X By repeat query
X By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
X Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
X We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
Using the new Revelation system.
pril 22, 1991 . Montana - 5
-------
FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
\ On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
Minicomputer
X PC IBM 286 & 386
Other
April 22, 1991 . Montana - 6
-------
5.1.2. Distributed
X PC network Network type: Novell
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS
Applications software: Revelation
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
Training material
X System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
' Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Pam Dale
Address:
Telephone: 406-444-4549
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There arc no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
pril 22, 1991 Montana - 7
-------
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
April 22, 1991 Montana - 8
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Nebraska
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: NB1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system:
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Nebraska
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Nebraska Department of Health
1.3 Name of interviewer Lisa Richardson (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Scott Peterson
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1.- State agency/office/division (or branch):
Division of Drinking Water and Environmental Sanitation
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: P.O. Box 95007
Lincoln, NE 68509
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number (402) 471-2541
1.4.5. Backup contact:
..pril22, 1991 Nebraska-1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
X Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
April 22, 1991 Nebraska - 2
-------
Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
Monitoring/reporting violations
MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Data is maintained from July 1989.
Other
22, 1991 Nebraska - 3
-------
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Compliance schedules
X Progress in meeting compliance schedules
X Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system: systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
April 22, 1991 Nebraska - 4
-------
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the. primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X Input operator review
2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to ail that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
X Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
April 22, 1991 Nebraska - 5
-------
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
thai apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that applyj
On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users'of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
Minicomputer
X PC IBM, System 2, Model 60
Other
April 22, 1991 Nebraska - 6
-------
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS
Applications software: dBASE III+
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
User's manual
Training material
System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned,
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
..pri!22, 1991 Nebraska-7
-------
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
X Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
X What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
X What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Arc there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
The system is not user-friendly, and there are no verification mechanisms.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
X Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency: Once a quarter.
Main purpose(s): Tcr transmit data to EPA.
No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
No
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
April 22, 1991 Nebraska - 8
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Nevada
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: NV1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: PWS Compliance Tracking System
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Nevada
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Human Resources
1.3 Name of interviewer Milenko Ralich (Cadmus)2
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Larry Roundtree
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Nevada State Health Division
Consumer Health Protection Services
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 505 East King Street
Room 103
Carson City, NV 89710
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number: 702-687-4750
1.4.5. Backup contact:
pril 22, 1991 Nevada - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Mailing labels can be printed by the system.
Fee tracking
Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
._ Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
X System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
System size
System owner/operator data
System treatment data
April 22, 1991 Nevada - 2
-------
System location data
Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
The system stores microbiological violation and enforcement information only.
Other contaminant types are tracked manually.
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
For microbiological data only.
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations '
X Monitoring/reporting violations
For microbiological data only.
X MCL violations
For microbiological data only.
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
-pri!22, 1991 Nevada-3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does me »j».~
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
For biological data only.
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
For biological data only.
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
April 22,1991 Nevada - 4
-------
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other '
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
2nd party review
. Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
X Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
X Other
All non-biological information is delivered to Region IX in bard copy.
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
..pri!22, 1991 Nevada-5
-------
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently convening to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Biological information is written to a floppy disk in DTP by the system.
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
All non-biological information is delivered to Region IX in hard copy.
4. User issues
4.1. What types of repons are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Since the system maintains only biological and inventory data, report contents
are limited to biological and inventory information.
X Standard on screen reports
A limited number of reports can be viewed on screen.
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support arc available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
April 22, 1991 Nevada - 6
-------
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
; Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
Minicomputer
X PC IBM/AT
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS
Applications software: dBASE III
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
User's manual
Training material
System administration manual
Technical guide
..pri!22, 1991 Nevada-7
-------
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Same
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
The system was developed by Region Vm. The Department is waiting for
an upgrade that will track other types of violations and include the VOC,
TCR and surface water treatment rule requirements.
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What arc the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
April 22, 1991 Nevada - 8
-------
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
.pril 22, 1991 Nevada - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
New Hampshire
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: NH1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Drinking Water Program
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: New Hampshire
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health
1.3 Name of interviewer Milenko Ralich (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Laurie Cullenof
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Water Supply and Pollution Control Division
Water Supply Engineering Bureau
Division of Environmental Services
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 6 Hazen Drive
P.O. Box 95
Concord, NH 03302-0095
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number: (603) 271-2923
1.4.5. Backup contact: Jim Gill
pril 22, 1991 New Hampshire - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
The system tracks Bacti information. The Department plans to have the
system upgraded within two years to track all sampling and monitoring
requirements.
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
The system produces labels which the State uses to send out sample
collection bottles. Monitoring violation letters are also generated by the
system.
X Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
For Bacti monitoring only.
Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Source/entity data
X System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
April 22, 1991 New Hampshire - 2
-------
X System size
System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Bacti data is the only information tracked by the system.
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
Monitoring/reporting violations
MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
.pril 22, 1991 New Hampshire - 3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
Current enforcement actions
Minimal information is maintained on enforcement actions. More
information will be maintained in the future when the system is fully
upgraded.
Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply..)
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
X Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
The past year's Bacti violations only.
April 22, 1991 New Hampshire - 4
-------
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
X Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Data from the information system on the WANG is printed, and manually
reentered into the FRDS-DE program. Output data from the FRDS-DE
program, in DTF, is then uploaded to the WANG mainframe and sent via
a telecommunications line directly to NCC.
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
.pril 22, 1991 New Hampshire - 5
-------
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS H Data Transfer Format (DTF). If DTP is used:
All uploads are currently done through the FRDS-DE program which is
loaded on a WANG microcomputer that is hardwired to the WANG
mainframe.
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
Ad-hoc on screen reports
Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
April 22, 1991 . New Hampshire - 6
-------
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Other offices within the same state
The data is also used by the Ground Water Section and the Water
Reserve Board.
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
X Mainframe WANG VS 7110 with hardwired terminals.
Minicomputer
X PC A WANG microcomputer is connected to the mainframe and
operates as a stand alone microcomputer and as a mainframe
terminal.
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: WANG operating system.
Applications software: PACE management system.
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
User's manual
Training material
.pril 22, 1991 New Hampshire - 7
-------
System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Linda Stafford
Address: Water Supply Data Manager
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
The system is in the early development stages and should be complete
within two years. Once completed, the system will track all sampling
results and reporting requirements, and generate upload files in DTF.
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
April 22, 1991 New Hampshire - 8
-------
Are there any "other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
-pril 22, 1991 New Hampshire - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
New Jersey
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: NJ1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: New Jersey Public Water System
1.2.2. Common name (if different): NJPWS
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: New Jersey
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Environmental Protection.
1.3 Name of interviewer Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Vickie Prill
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Division of Water Resources, Bureau of Safe Drinking Water
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 401 E. State Street CN 029
Trenton, NJ 08625
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number: (609) 292-9979
1.4.5. Backup contact:
,ril 22, 1991 New Jersey - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
X Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
X Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.;
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
April 22, 1991 New Jersey - 2
-------
X Sanitary Surveys
Operator Certification
The system maintains laboratory certification information.
X Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
X SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
Yes
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
PWSs have the option of deleting the systems' compliance action indicator
after they return to compliance. The violation and action data, however,
are still maintained by the system.
Other
ril 22, 1991 New Jersey - 3
-------
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)'
X Financial data (e.g., fees)
X Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
April 22, 1991 New Jersey - 4
-------
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Data is electronically uploaded
Currently working on direct data entry by laboratories on disk.
X On-line (key) data entry
X Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to ail that apply.)
X Input operator review
Logs are kept. Logs are printed by NSPWS.
X 2nd party review
Review of violation reports.
X Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
X By edit-checking
Data must fall within reasonable criteria ranges.
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Transmittal via dedicated line to NCC.
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
April 22, 1991 New Jersey - 5
-------
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
Inventory data is transmitted in FRDS 1.5 format. Conversion to DTP is
scheduled for early 1991.
X We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Violations data is transmitted in DTP.
Were there any problems with die conversion? No
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within die state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
On-screen access is limited to viewing the raw data files.
X Standard printed reports
Ad-hoc on screen reports
Custom printed reports require new SAS routines to be written.
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of die system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
April 22, 1991 New Jersey - 6
-------
X Telephone support
Telephone or electronic mail.
X Other
System Documentation
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Regional enforcement offices send enforcement actions to be entered into
the system.
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
X Mainframe IBM 4381
Minicomputer
PC
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
X PC/mainframe network Network type: Banyan Vines
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MVS
Applications software: SAS
..pril22, 1991 New Jersey - 7
-------
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
Training material
X System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name:
Address: Office of Telecommunications and Information Systems
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
April 22, 1991 New Jersey - 8
-------
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
X Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency: I/quarter
Main purpose(s): Check edit violations in DTP
No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS II training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
Yes
-pril 22, 1991 New Jersey - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
New Mexico
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: NM1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Drinking Water Database
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: New Mexico
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health and Environment
1.3 Name of interviewer Lisa Richardson (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Richard Asbury
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Environmental Improvement Division, Drinking Water Section
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: P.O. Box 965
Las Cruces, NM 88004
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number: (505) 524-6300
1.4.5. Backup contact:
<*pril 22, 1991 New Mexico - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
X Tracking of submission of other required reports
X General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
. X CWSs
X NTNCs .
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
April 22, 1991 New Mexico - 2
-------
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
The system maintains an indicator of whether or not the operator is
certified. More in-depth operator information is in a database maintained
by the Training and Certification Section.
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g.. limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
X SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No. This information is maintained in a separate program.
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
April 22, 1991 New Mexico - 3
-------
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Information can be kept in a "remarks field."
Progress -in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that appiy.)
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
X Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)"
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)'
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
Chemical sampling histories are kept to 1983.
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from die field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
State laboratories send sample results directly to the central office.
April 22, 1991 New Mexico - 4
-------
X Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Sanitary survey information and private laboratory sample results are sent
to the central office from the 21 field offices.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
X 2nd party review
Field offices will occasionally review hard copy data.
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put-an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
April 22, 1991 New Mexico - 5
-------
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Violation, envorcement and inventory information is uploaded to FRDS II
in DTP.
Were there any problems with the conversion? No
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
X Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
April 22, 1991 New Mexico - 6
-------
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
Minicomputer
X PC IBM PS 2, Model 80
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS
Applications software: dBASE IV
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
User's manual
Training material
System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
April 22, 1991 ' New Mexico - 7
-------
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Same
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
Conversion scheduled for completion in January 1991.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
The Department is planning on creating a new system in ORACLE on a
minicomputer. This will give them more system strength and allow them
to have terminals in the field for increased efficiency. They plan on
developing the new system to parallel FRDS II.
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
X Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
X What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
640 kilobytes of RAM are required to run dBASE.
X What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
Data is stored in a 32 megabyte partition on the system hard disk. The
exact size is not known.
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
April 22, 1991 ' New Mexico - 8
-------
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
X What is the size of the current staff to support application
One administrator and one secretary; neither is full time.
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
The system is very good for producing ad-hoc reports very quickly.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
X Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency: Daily
Main purpose(s): Input and extract useful data.
No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS II training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
. *pril 22, 1991 New Mexico - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
New York
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: NY1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Safe Water System
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: New York
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health
1.3 Name of interviewer Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Frank Faro
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Center for Environmental Health
Division of Environmental Protection
Bureau of Public Water System Protection
Field Coordination Section
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/scction:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: NY State Department of Health
Room 406
1215 Western Avenue
Albany, NY 12203
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number: (518) 458-6731
1.4.5. Backup contact:
April 22, 1991 New York - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support
The system is used to generate mailing labels.
Fee tracking
Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
X Other
Information for schools and FOIA requests are generated by the system.
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
The system tracks the size of industrial, residential, and commercial
populations served.
April 22, 1991 New York - 2
-------
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
X Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
Parametric data (e.g.. limit; level measured)
The system will be upgraded to have the capabiltiy to accept sample
results and automatically determine those PWSs in violation.
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
No. Violations are determined manually and then input into the
system.
Monitoring/reporting violations
MCL violations
SNCs (also sec next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
April 22, 1991 New York - 3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Historical enforcement data after 1980 is maitained by the system.
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources arc tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data arc maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
April 22, 1991 New York - 4
-------
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
X Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Hardcopy monitoring and MCL data is sent by PWS's to one of
approximately 45 county health departments, or one of the ten State field
offices. These offices foward violation information to the central office to
be keypunched into the system.
X Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
(see preceding explanation)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
On-line (key) data entry
X Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
2nd parry review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
X By edit-checlting
The system has some edit checking routines to ensure the correct
type and range of data.
Other
April 22, 1991 New York - 5
-------
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
X Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
X We are currently converting to DTP.
The system is being converted to provide output in DTP.
This capability is expected to be available during the
second or third quarter of 1991.
. There are problems with the conversion.
FRDS E Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was die conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
Ad-hoc reports can be printed by writing new SQL routines.
April 22, 1991 New York - 6
-------
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
X Mainframe IBM
Minicomputer
PC
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software:
Applications software: IDMS Database
April 22, 1991 New York - 7
-------
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
User's manual
Training material
System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Art Venne
Address:
Telephone: (518) 473-8142
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, there are changes planned,
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
April 22, 1991 New York - 8
-------
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
X What is the size of the current staff to support application
The current support staeff is approximately 11 FTEs in the central office
and the equivelant of 10 FTEs in the District and County offices.
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend 'the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
April 22, 1991 New York - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
North Carolina
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: NCI
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Public Water Supply System
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different): PWSS
1.2.4. State: North Carolina
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Environment, Health and Natural Resources
1.3 Name of interviewer Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Martha Moore
.1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch): Public Water Supply Section
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: P.O. Box 27687
Raleigh, NC 27611-7687
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number: (919) 733-2321
1.4.5. Backup contact: John McFadyen
«pril 22, 1991 North Carolina - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
X Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
By tape (now) - by tape or direct line to NCC (FRDS n)
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
X Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
April 22, 1991 North Carolina - 2
-------
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys Dates (now) Dates and reason (FRDS n)
X Operator Certification (FRDS II)
X Entry Point(FRDS II)
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
X SNCs (also see next question)(FRDS II)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
April 22, 1991 North Carolina - 3
-------
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
X Variances
X Variance type
X Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3:8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
X Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
Historical results of sample analyses, violations, and enforcements.
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
X Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
April 22, 1991 North Carolina - 4
-------
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X Input operator review
X 2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
. On-line verification
By repeat query
X By edit-checking Some (now) - a lot (FRDS II)
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem) (FRDS II)
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
X Magnetic Tape to NCC(FRDS II)
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently convening to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
ipril 22, 1991 North Carolina - 5
-------
X MSIS format If MSIS format, check those that apply:
X We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
X Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
Ad-hoc on screen reports
Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
April 22, 1991 North Carolina - 6
-------
X Minicomputer WANG VS100 with hardwire work stations.
PC
Other
5.1.2. Distributed (Undecided)
X PC network Network type: LAN
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
X PC/mainframe network Network type: Unknown
Other
5.1.3. X Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software:
Applications software: COBOL
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
Training material
X System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
X Other-
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
pril 22, 1991 North Carolina - 7
-------
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
Yes
April 22, 1991 North Carolina - 9
-------
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system? FRDS n Format
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
X Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Cost of material and time. This would be provided on a time available
basis.
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
X What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system? 300 - 500 MEG
X What is least amount of memory required for the system to run? 12 MEG
X What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?300 MEG
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
X What is the size of the current staff to support application 4
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
.pril 22, 1991 North Carolina - 8
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
North Dakota
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: ND1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Bacteriological Monitoring Program
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: North Dakota
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health
1.3 Name of interviewer Lisa Richardson (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Jim Allman
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Division of Water Supply and Pollution Control
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 1200 Missouri Avenue
P.O. Box 5220
Bismarck, ND 58502-5520
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number (701) 224-4558
1.4.5. Backup contact:
npril 22, 1991 North Dakota - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
. X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
The system can automatically generate letters to PWSs.
Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
X General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
X Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
April 22, 1991 North Dakota - 2
-------
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
The system maintains the date of Bacti violations only.
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
The system keeps all sample results for Bacti data only.
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
The system flags Bacti violations only.
X Monitoring/reporting violations
For Bacti violations only.
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
Yes. The State uses a system of priority points to determine repetitive
non-compilers based on the number of violations, the types of violations,
and the population served of the PWS in violation.
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
X State definition
Other definition
April 22, 1991 North Dakota - 3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Historical data is stored for one year.
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)"
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
April 22, 1991 North Dakota - 4
-------
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
State and PWS laboratories send sample results directly to the central
office.
X Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
NCWS information arrives from one of six District Health Offices
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department).
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry .
Data is entered on-line into an entry program, and then batch uploaded
into the system.
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X Input operator review
X 2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
FRDS uploads are sent via TSO network directly to NCC.
22, 1991 North Dakota - 5
-------
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Formal (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion? No
Was the conversion fully successful? Yes
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types Qf reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
The last 12 months of Bacti and Chem/Rad data can be view on screen.
X Standard printed reports
Ad-hoc on screen reports
Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X On-line help screens
The system is menu driven and provides explanations to the user with
each menu.
April 22, 1991 North Dakota - 6
-------
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
X Minicomputer IBM
PC
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
. PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS
Applications software: dBASE IV
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
User's manual
Training material
System administration manual
.pril 22, 1991 North Dakota - 7
-------
Technical guide
Annotated code
' Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
X There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
X Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
X What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
About 5 megabytes of storage space are required for the system.
X What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
X What is the size of the current staff to support application
About 5 FTEs are required to maintain the entire system.
April 22, 1991 North Dakota - 8
-------
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
-, The system is good because dBASE IV allows a large degree of flexibility and
manipulation of data. The system operates slowly, however, because about 775 PWSs
are tracked.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
X Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency: 2-3 times per quarter.
Main purpose(s): To extract data.
No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
No
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
Yes
l 22, 1991 North Dakota - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Ohio
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: OH1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: MSIS
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Ohio
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Ohio Environmental Protection Agency
1.3 Name of interviewer. Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Evelyn Young
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Division of Public Drinking Water
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 1800 Watermark Drive
Columbus, OH 43266-0149
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number. 614-644-2752
1.4.5. Backup contact: Rick Herron
.»pril 22, 1991 Ohio - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
' Fee tracking
Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
X General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PVVSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
' X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
April 22, 1991 Ohio - 2
-------
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification In planning stage
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
The system can generate a persistent violator report.
X .MCL violations
X SNCs (also see next question)
Program in specification phase to generate SNC
report
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
Enforcement actions are kept in violation files.
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
vpril 22, 1991 Ohio - 3
-------
The last 3 to 4 fiscal years are kept in the active database. Older data is
archived to magnetic tape.
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Compliance schedules
The system will be able to maintain compliance schedules by mid-1991.
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
X Variances
X Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.) .
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
This capability is not used by the State; however, it is currently under
evaluation.
Summaries of results of inspections'
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply./
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
April 22, 1991 Ohio - 4
-------
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems* laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
PWSs send copies of laboratory reports to the central office.
X Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
5 district offices track. Bacti and biological sample results on
microcomputers. Hard copies of Bacti and turbidity results are stored at
the district office. All other hard copy information is stored at the central
office.
X Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
On-line (key) data entry
X Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
X 2nd party review
Information is reviewed by a second keypunch operator.
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
X By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
,4>ril22, 1991 Ohio-5
-------
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
X Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
Inventory data is currently uploaded in FRDS 1.5 format. It will be
uploaded in DTP by December 1991.
X We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Violation and enforcement data is uploaded in DTP.
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful? Yes.
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
April 22, 1991 - Ohio - 6
-------
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
thai apply.)
On-line help screens
X Telephone support
X Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Other offices within the same state
Other offices request data from the system.
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
X M air frame
IBM 3090 with hardwired terminals. Access to the IBM is through
a UNISYS (Sperry) 7000.
Minicomputer
X PC
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
-pri!22, 1991 Ohio-7
-------
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software:
Applications software: COBOL
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
Training material
X System administration manual .
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Rick Herron
Address: Ohio EPA, Data and Systems Office
Telephone: 614-644-2997
. 5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
Ohio EPA plans to update the system to include all revised reporting
requirements and automatic identification of violations. They are holding
off on these, and other revisions, until the total coliform and surface
treatment rules are in effect. This will enable them to consolidate the
revision process and conserve resources.
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
April 22, 1991 Ohio - 8
-------
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
The system functions well, but with the many changes in the drinking water program, it
is difficult to stay current.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
-pril 22, 1991 Ohio - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Oklahoma
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: OKI
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Aquarius and Bacti Aquarius
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if "different):
1.2.4. State: Oklahoma
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health
1.3 Name of interviewer Lisa Richardson (cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Mike Harrell
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch): Water Quality Service
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 1000 NE 10th Street
Oklahoma City, OK 73152
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number (405) 271-7352
1.4.5. Backup contact:
.pril 22, 1991 Oklahoma - 1
-------
The Aquarius system was originally written for the IBM mainframe and was to
encompass the entire information tracking system. A separate Bacti Aquarius program
was written to allow the state to meet federal requirements. A third component of the
system, maintained on a microcomputer, tracks vulnerability and VOC data. The three
components contain a field for PWS ID number, thus enabling each component to be
interrelated. The Department plans to move the entire system to a microcomputer
network over the next year.
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
X Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
A separate program on a microcomputer tracks submission of required
reports.
X Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
X Others
The system tracks smaller, State regulated PWSs that do not fall under
federal guidelines.
April 22, 1991 Oklahoma - 2
-------
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
X System administration data
The system stores mailing addresses and telephone numbers.
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
. X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
Operator Certification
Operator certification is tracked by a different department.
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
. .pril 22, 1991 Oklahoma - 3
-------
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
The system tracks current administrative orders, enforcement actions in
progress, and level one violators.
Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Compliance schedules
X Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
mat apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
The Environmental Health Administration tracks this data.
X Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
April 22, 1991 Oklahoma - 4
-------
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
The PC component maintains data on vulnerability and VOC data.
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Data is electronically uploaded
Data from laboratories is electronically uploaded.
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
X 2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
X By edit-checking
Other
,ril 22, 1991 Oklahoma - 5
-------
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Violation information is sent to NCC via modem.
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
X Magnetic Tape to NCC
Inventory information is sent to NCC on a magnetic tape.
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
X We are currently converting to DTP.
Violation data is uploaded in Card image. Conversion
to DTP should be complete by January of 1992.
There are problems with the conversion.
X MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
Inventory data is uploaded in FRDS 1.5 format.
X We are currently converting to DTP.
Conversion to DTP should be complete by January of
1991.
There are problems with the conversion.
FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
April 22, 1991 . Oklahoma - 6
-------
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
All reports are generated using EZtreive Plus report writing software.
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
Ad-hoc reporting capabilities require creation of custom dBASE routines
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X On-line help screens
The microcomputer component has help screens.
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
X Mainframe IBM 4381 is used to house the system inventory.
Minicomputer
X PC Compaq 386 microcomputer network houses the system's
violation and enforcement information
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
X PC network Network type: Novell
April 22, 1991 Oklahoma - 7
-------
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS for the microcomputer network
Applications software: dBASE ni+ for the microcomputer network and
COBOL for the mainframe
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
A user's manual exists for the Aquarius mainframe system.
Training material
.__ System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Ernie Landry
Address: Data Processing Section
Telephone: (405) 271-4542
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
X There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
April 22, 1991 Oklahoma - 8
-------
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
X Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
X What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
640 kilobytes of RAM are required to run the system.
X What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
The microcomputer system uses 50 to 60 megabytes of disk storage, 7 of
which are to support the network.
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
Interviewee is pleased with PC applications; however, there is little support for
mainfraim applications.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
r\pril 22, 1991 Oklahoma - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Oregon
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: OR1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Safe Water Systems
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Oregon
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Human Resources
1.3 Name of interviewer Lisa Richardson (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Mary Alvey
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Health Division
Office of Environmental Health
Drinking Water Section
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: P.O. Box 231
Portland, OR 97207
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number (503) 229-5056
1.4.5. Backup contact: Vicki King
.pril 22, 1991 Oregon - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to ail that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
X Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.;
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
X Others
The system tracks some smaller systems not covered under Federal
regulations.
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
X System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
Tracked in gallons of production.
X System owner/operator data
April 22, 1991 Oregon - 2
-------
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
The system can sort on violation fields to generate lists
of violators.
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
pril 22, 1991 Oregon - 3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
Enforcement actions are stored in a separate dBASE system that is not
interactive with the inventory system.
Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
X Summaries of results of inspections
The last inspection date is maintained.
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)"
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
Monitoring and chemical records since 1986 are in the system.
April 22, 1991 Oregon - 4
-------
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all ihat apply.)
Input operator review
X 2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
X By repeat query
X By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
X Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
April 22, 1991 Oregon - 5
-------
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
Conversion for all data should be complete by January, 1991.
X We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTF). If DTP is used:
Inventory information is uploaded in DTF.
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion frilly successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
April 22, 1991 Oregon - 6
-------
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
Minicomputer
X PC
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
X PC network Network type: Novell
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS
Applications software: dBASE III+ (Compiled by Clipper)
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
The user's manual is out of date.
Training material
X System administration manual
The system administration manual is out of date.
Technical guide
ipril 22, 1991 Oregon - 7
-------
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
Changes will be complete by January, 1991.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
X Is the system run on public domain applications software?
No Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
X What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
640 kilobytes of RAM.
X What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
Over 40 megabytes of storage are required for the data currently in the
system.
X What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
April 22, 1991 Oregon - 8
-------
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
Flexible, easy to use & share data; especially geographic data. Close linkage with other
systems has not been available.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
No
Did the' interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
April 22, 1991 Oregon - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Pennsylvania
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: PA1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: MSIS
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Pennsylvania
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Environmental Resources
1.3 Name of interviewer Lisa Richardson (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Barry Greenawald
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
"1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Bureau of Community Environmental Control
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: P.O. Box 2357
Fifth Floor, Executive House
Harrisburg, PA 17105-2357
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number: (717) 787-0122
1.4.5. Backup contact: Bill Sedlak
.*pril 22, 1991 Pennsylvania - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
The system can automatically generate "monitoring reminder notices"
which are sent to PWSs.
Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
X General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CVVSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
April 22, 1991 Pennsylvania - 2
-------
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
X Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MGL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
___ EPA definition
_____ State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
~pril 22, 1991 Pennsylvania - 3
-------
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
' Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
_^___ Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
___ Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
m Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Financial data (e.g., fees)
Cost estimates of correcting deficiencies and fulfilling "needs"
X Other resources data
Facilities "needs"
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in die system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
The system stores historical violation and enforcement data.
April 22, 1991 Pennsylvania - 4
-------
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Pot an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters mat manages the system.
Laboratories send chemical sample results to regional offices and to the
data management contractor responsible for updating the system.
X Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
ttiainfatnftH,
Inventory and enforcement data is sent to the data management
contractor from the regional offices, which are then keypunched into the
system.
. Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Data is electronically uploaded
Some laboratory data is transmitted on magnetic tape.
___> On-line (key) data entry
X Data is keypunched .
__; Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X Input operator review
X 2nd party review
___ Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
X By repeat query
X By edit-cnecking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
April 22, 1991 Pennsylvania - 5
-------
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
X Magnetic Tape to NCC
Sent by the data management contractor.
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
mat apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
__t We are currently convening to DTP.
.._ There are problems with the conversion.
X MSIS format If MSIS format, check those that apply:
X We are currently converting to DTP.
X There are problems widi the conversion.
Inventory information is scheduled to be uploaded in
DTP by May, 1991.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Violation Data is uploaded in DTP.
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
_X__ Standard on screen reports
The department can access some inventory data contained in the "Public
Water File". This is achieved by downloading the file from the system to
a microcomputer, and then using SAS software to review the data.
X Standard printed reports
Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
April 22, 1991 Pennsylvania - 6
-------
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
X Telephone support
The contractor supplies support when needed by Department staff
members.
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Other offices within the same state
The Bureau of Laboratories inputs certification data.
Otherstates
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
X Minicomputer WANG-5000
PC
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
__ PC/minicomputer network Network type:
____ PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. _ Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: WANG Operating System
Applications software: COBOL
April 22, 1991 Pennsylvania - 7
-------
5.3. What types of documentation axe available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual .
The system came with original documentation from the EPA (i.e* for the
MSIS system), which has been somewhat updated as changes to the
program have been made.
_ Training material
X System administration manual
A systems PWF user manual exists for field and laboratory staff.
Technical guide
^__ Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Paul Taylor
Address: PRC, Inc. - Harrisburg
Telephone: (717) 657-5090
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
The revisions are almost final. They are currently working through
technical and operational problems, and expect the revisions to be
final by the Fall of 1991.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied
___ Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
April 22, 1991 Pennsylvania - 8
-------
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
___ What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is requited for
efficient operation of the system?
___ What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
X What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
Hie current system uses approximately 700 megabytes.
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
mere in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
X What is the size of the current staff to support application
3.5 contractor staff and 15 state staff.
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
The system would be much more useful if there were additional on-line capabilities. As
it now stands, they must ask the contractor for any data runs that are not routinely
supplied.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
X Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency: Once per month.
Main purpose(s): Data retrieval.
__ No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS IT training provided by EPA?
Yes
%
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
April 22, 1991 Pennsylvania - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Rhode Island
2. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: RI1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: FRDS Inventory System
1.22. Common name (if different):
1.23. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Rhode Island
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health
1.3 Name of interviewer Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Brian Barrett
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Division of Drinking Water Quality
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: Room 209, Cannon Building
3 Capital Hill
Providence, RI 02908-5097
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number 401-277-3336
1.4.5. Backup contact: John Kachanis
April 22, 1991 Rhode Island -
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
__X_ __ Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
LmX_^ Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
X Tracking of submission of other required reports
X General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
X Other Data acquisition of laboratory results.
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
X System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
April 22, 1991 . Rhode Island - 2
-------
X Source location data (e.g.. well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
Operator Certification
Planned for in the future.
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does die system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all nut apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g.. limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
Yes
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
___ State definition
_^__ Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
April 22, 1991 Rhode Island - 3
-------
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Compliance schedules
X Progress in meeting compliance schedules
X Variances
X Variance type
Other
3.6. - Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
X Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Financial data (e.g., fees) As of 10/1/90
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
Violation information is maintained from 1986.
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
State labs enter data on-line. Sample results from private labs are
keypunched.
April 22, 1991 Rhode Island - 4
-------
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
_ Data arrives from .another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all mat
apply.)
X . Data is electronically uploaded
For state laboratory sample results.
_ On-line (key) data entry
X Data is keypunched
_ Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X Input operator review
X 2nd party review
_ Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
_ By repeat query
X By edit-checking
Keypunched and electronically uploaded data are subject to edit-
checking and range verification routines.
_ Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
_ Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
X Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
_ Other
_ Magnetic Tape to Region
_ Magnetic Tape to NCC
April 22,1991 Rhode Island - 5
-------
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Card image. If card image, check those mat apply:
X We are currently convening to DTP.
Inventory information is sent in 1.5 format by the
system.
There axe problems with the conversion.
MSIS format If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS H Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Violation information is entered into the FRDS-DE program and sent in
DTF.
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Reports are generated using a Structured Query Language supported by File
Pro, the system software.
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of die system? (Put an "X" next to all
mat apply.)
X On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
April 22, 1991 Rhode Island - 6
-------
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Other offices within the same state
Other states
^^^ Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
__^ Minicomputer
X PC
16 MHZ, Tandy 4000
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
X PC network Network type: Santa Cruz XENIX with 16 users.
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software:
Applications software: 4GL-FILE PRO 16+
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
There are a number of pages assembled that describe the system and are
used as training material.
Training material
April 22, 1991 Rhode Island - 7
-------
System administration
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Same
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of th: following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
Changes are being held until pending legislation and rule-making
procedures are finalized.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
The system will be upgraded to generate upload data in DTF. There are
also plans to replace the microcomputer network with a larger system,
running a UNIX operating system.
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
X What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
640 kilobytes of RAM.
April 22, 1991 Rhode Island - 8
-------
X What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
There is a 170 megabyte Scuzzi Drive supporting the entire network;
however, plans are to upgrade to 1/2 gigabyte soon.
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
___ Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
X What is the size of the current staff to support application?
Three
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
Integrated system design based on FRDS.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
~pril 22, 1991 Rhode Island - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
South Carolina
L Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: SCI
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Water Supply Information Management System
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: South Carolina
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health and Environmental Control
1.3 Name of interviewer Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Melinda Mathias
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division, (or branch):
Division of Drinking Water Quality and Enforcement
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 2600 Bull Street
Columbia, SC 29201
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number (803) 734-5310
1.4.5. Backup contact:
April 22, 1991 South Carolina -1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
JE^ Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
._ Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
X Others
The system tracks small water systems serving populations less than 25.
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply*)
X Source/entity data
^^^ System administration data.
X Demographics (e.g.f population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
April 22, 1991 South Carolina - 2
-------
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
Operator Certification
Operator certification is reviewed during sanitary surveys.
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does die system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
_____ EPA definition
X State definition
The State uses a definition stricter than EPA's to avert
instances of Federal SNC.
Other definition
sipril 22, 1991 South Carolina - 3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Information maintained back to 1984.
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Compliance schedules
X Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
The system is not programmed for variance/exemption data since the State
does not issue them.
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Scheduling of inspections/Inspectors
X Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
April 22, 1991 South Carolina - 4
-------
3.9. What types of historical data arc maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Laboratory data is sent directly to the central office.
X Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
Inventory and survey data is sent to the central office in hard copy by 11
regional offices.
_ Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
Data is entered on-line into a copy of the system. Updated files are then
copied over to the main system.
_ Data is keypunched
_ Other
3.12. What arc the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
_ Input operator review
X 2nd party review
At least 10% of all data entered is reviewed for accuracy.
___ Confirmation by water system that supplied data
April 22, 1991 South Carolina 5
-------
On-line verification
....... By repeat query
X By edit-checking
For monitoring data only.
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
X Other
__ Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X MSIS format If MSIS format, check those that apply:
Inventory information is now sent in FRDS 1.5 format. Changes to the
system are ongoing, and inventory information is expected to be uploaded
in DTF by mid-1991.
.X We ate currently converting to DTF.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTF). If DTF is used:
Violations data is uploaded in DTF.
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
April 22, 1991 South Carolina - 6
-------
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Other offices within the same state
The 11 regional offices use data from the system.
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
Minicomputer
X PC
IBM microcomputer on a PC network and hardwired to a
mainframe.
Other
.pril 22, 1991 South Carolina - 7
-------
5.12. Distributed
X PC network Network type: Novell
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.13. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS
Applications software: dBASE III+
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
User's manual
Training material
System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name:
Address:
Steve Vassey (Information System) / Jeff Nuovo (Mainframe
System)
Division of Drinking Water Quality and Enforcement / Bureau of
Information Resource Management
Telephone: (803) 734-5310 / (803) 734-4785
April 22, 1991
South Carolina - 8
-------
1.5. Please indicate any of die following changes planned for die system.
5.5.1. Is die system currently being revised to meet die Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since die system already meets mese
requirements?
X Yes, diere are changes planned.
Most new fields for the revised reporting requirements are already
in the system.
5.52. What other changes are planned for die system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to die transportability of die system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
X Is die system run on public domain applications software?
X Would die owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of die system?
If so, what amount?
No. A number of other States have copies of and use the system. Other
States have built their own systems based on this system design.
Would any odier fees be required (e.g.. for licensing of proprietary software)?
X What is die smallest size (megabytes of disk space) diat is required for
efficient operation of die system?
Approximately 6 megabytes.
X What is least amount of memory required for die system to run?
640 kilobytes.
X What are die current storage requirements for die system's data?
22 megabytes are used for current storage.
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in die system?
Are diere any other factors not yet discussed?
What is die size of die current staff to support application
April 22, 1991 South Carolina - 9
-------
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
The Division feels the system is good. It meets all their needs, and can be programmed
by staff members.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
April 22, 1991 South Carolina - 10
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
South Dakota
L Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for mis interview form: SD1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: No system name.
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: South Dakota
1.2.5. Name of state agency that m^in^iny and operates the system:
Department of Water and Natural Resources
1.3 Name of interviewer Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Rob Kittay
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch): Office of Drinking Water
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 523 East Capital Street
Foss Building, Room 412
Pierre, SD 57501-3181
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number 605-773-4208
1.4.5. Backup contact: Darron Busch
rtpril 22, 1991 South Dakota - 1
-------
Two separate systems, with very similiar capabilities, track PWSs. Community systems
(55% of the PWSs in the State) are tracked by a mainframe system, non-community
systems (45%) are tracked by a microcomputer system.
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
X Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.) .
X CWSs
X NTNCs
There are about 30 NTNC PWSs in the state.
X NCWSs
Non-community water systems, which comprise about 45% of all PWSs,
are tracked on the microcomputer system.
Ouiers
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
X System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
April 22, 1991 South Dakota - 2
-------
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
Operator Certification
Operator certification is tracked for all PWSs in a separate dBASE
program residing on a microcomputer.
X Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does die system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
Yes
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
/\pril 22, 1991 South Dakota - 3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system mainly about PWSs? (Put.
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"Xn next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
April 22, 1991 South Dakota - 4
-------
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Data arrives from another agency .within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (Joey) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
By edit-checking
X Other
Instances of non-compliance are manually checked before NOVs are sent
out
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
X Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
For NCWs from the microcomputer system.
_^ Other
X Magnetic Tape to Region
For CWSs from the mainframe system.
Magnetic Tape to NCC
,/ril 22, 1991 South Dakota - 5
-------
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
_ Gird image. If card image, check those mat apply:
^^"*"
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Upload information from both systems is currently written in FRDS 1.5
format. The Department is going to expand the microcomputer system to
eventually include all PWS data, and will be upgrading it to write flies in
DTP. The mainframe system phase-out and DTP uploading capabilities
are near completion.
Were there any problems with the conversion? Yes
Was the conversion fully successful? Yes
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
Ad-hoc reports are available from the microcomputer system only.
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
April 22, 1991 South Dakota - 6
-------
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all mat apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
X Mainframe IBM 3090
Minicomputer
X PC 386-based machines.
Other
5.1.27~Uistributed
X PC network Network type: Token Ring
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS for the microcomputer system.
Applications software: dBASE for the microcomputer system. AidaBASE is the
database structure for the mainframe system. Natural
Programming Language is used to access and
manipulate the database.
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
For the mainframe system only.
^^^ Training material
April 22, 1991 South Dakota - 7
-------
X System administration manual
For the mainframe system only.
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
The Office of Drinking Water is planning to move all PWS data to the
microcomputer system in the future. They feel that programming changes
will be easier to implement on a smaller system. This move will
encompass changes in upload formatting (to DTP) and will encompass the
revised reporting requirements.
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
X Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
X What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) mat is required for
efficient operation of the system?
dBASE requires 5 megabytes of storage. They do not yet know the full
size of the system including all programs.
April 22, 1991 South Dakota - 8
-------
X What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
640 kilobytes.
X What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
The system currently uses 8 megabytes of storage, but has less than 70%
of the data entered into the system. The system resides on a 300
megabyte hard disk.
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is me size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
The PC system is strong.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
Yes
April 22, 1991 South Dakota - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Tennessee
L Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: TNI
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Tennessee Compliance Tracking System
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Tennessee
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Conservation
1.3 Name of interviewer Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Margaret Keck
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch): Division of Water Supply
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 150 9th Avenue North, 2nd Floor Terra Bl
Nashville, TN 37247-3001
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number 615-741-6636
1.4.5. Backup contact
April 22, 1991 Tennessee - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
_ JK ^ Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
X Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
X Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
_^ Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs ' . .
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
_JL Source/entity data
X System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
April 22, 1991 Tennessee - 2
-------
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
X Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does die system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
This information is stored in a separate, interrelated database file.
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
X SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
State definition
_____ Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
April 22, 1991 Tennessee - 3
-------
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
X Variances
This capability is not used by the State.
X Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
This capability is not used by the State.
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
Data files six years old are purged from the system and archived to another
microcomputer or a mainframe for storage.
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Laboratory data is sent directly to the central office.
April 22, 1991 Tennessee - 4
-------
X Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Inventory information is gathered by one of four regional offices and then
sent to the central office. Non-community water system information is
sent in by county health departments.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
X Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
X 2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
X By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
X Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
April 22, 1991 Tennessee - 5
-------
3.14. In what forma: is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those mat apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format If MSIS format, check those that apply:
___ We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion? None
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
R&R Relational Report Writer is used to generate reports. It is fast and
user friendly, and can relate up to 10 files for a single report.
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
They are trying to update the system so that other State offices will have
access to the data more easily.
April 22, 1991 Tennessee - 6
-------
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
^^^ Minicomputer
X PC
IBM NCR 286. The system is loaded on two microcomputers that
are hardwired together. Information is updated on one machine,
and then batch uploaded to the other.
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS
Applications software: FoxBASE+ (Ver. 2J)
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
User's manual
Training material
___ System administration manual
Technical guide
April 22, 1991 Tennessee - 7
-------
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Same
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
X There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
X Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
X" What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
640 kilobytes
X What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
Currently using 60 megabytes on an 80 megabyte hard disk.
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
April 22, 1991 Tennessee - 8
-------
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
Completely on-line; easy retrieval.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
X Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency: Quarterly
Main purpose(s): Check quality of data.
No, the interviewee does not use FRDS .
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS H training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
Yes
l 22, 1991 Tennessee - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Texas
L Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: TX1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system:
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Texas
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health, division of Water Hygiene
1.3 Name of interviewer Lisa Richardson (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Anthony Bennett
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Data Reports and Water Quality Monitoring Branch
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 1100 West 49th Street
Austin, TX 78756
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number (512) 458-7497
1.4.5. Backup contact:
April 22, 1991 Texas - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
The mainframe system tracks submission of reports and samples for Bacti
and turbidity. A separate microcomputer system tracks Chem/Rad data,
although this information is reentered into the mainframe system to generate
FRDS upload files.
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
A separate microcomputer based system (using dBASE HI+) will begin to
keep enforcement histories in the near future.
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
The system can provide mailing support for Bacti monitoring activities.
X Fee tracking
A separate system on the mainframe tracks submission of fees.
Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
X Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system Tn^int^iti about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
X System administration data
April 22, 1991 Texas - 2
-------
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
____ System location data
____ Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.) .
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
Multiple violations for the same month are stored as a single violation.
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. ___ Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
_____ Monitoring/reporting violations
___ MCL violations
....._ SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
April 22, 1991 Texas - 3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does die system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all mat apply.)
. Current enforcement actions
Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all mat apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
The system can be used to schedule PWS inspections.
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
_____ Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
April 22, 1991 Texas - 4
-------
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from die field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
_____ Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
_____ Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
t Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
_____ Data is keypunched
_____ Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
X 2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
____ By repeat query
X By edit-checking
The system performs random edit checks on Bacti and inventory
data.
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
_____ Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
X Magnetic Tape to NCC
April 22, 1991 Texas - 5
-------
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
. We are currently converting to DTP.
^ ^ There are problems with the conversion.
X MSIS format If MSIS format, check those that apply:
X We are currently converting to DTP.
X There are problems with the conversion.
There is not yet a date on which conversion will take
place. The Department may decide to switch the entire
system to a microcomputer based system, although the
mainframe would continue to provide mailing support.
FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
K Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
There are a limited number of fields that are eligible to be included in ad
hoc reports.
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
Telephone support
Other
April 22, 1991 Texas - 6
-------
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
X Mainframe UNISYS 1100 Series
__ Minicomputer
PC
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. . Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: UNISYS Operating System
Applications software: COBOL and MAPPER, which is used to access data.
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
Training material
System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
April 22, 1991 Texas - 7
-------
S.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Bill Hennig
Address: Data Processing Section
Telephone: (512) 458-7645
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
> There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
The revised reporting requirements will be in place by January of
1992.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
X What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
The system inventory requires about 4 megabytes of storage each year.
Each year's violation data requires about 2 megabytes of storage.
___ What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
X What is the size of the current staff to support application?
About six to eight FTEs are required to fully support the system.
April 22, 1991 Texas - 8
-------
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
The system lacks flexibility.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
___ Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS H training provided by EPA?
No
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
April 22, 1991 Texas - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Utah
L Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: UT1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Bureau of Water Sanitation System
1.2.2. Common name (if different): Ken's system
1.23. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Utah
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintain^ and operates the system:
Department of Health
1.3 Name of interviewer Lisa Richardson (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Ken Bousfleld
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Division of Environmental Health
Bureau of Drinking Water/Sanitation
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 288 North 1460 West
P.O. Box 16690
Salt Lake City, Utah 84116
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number (801) 538-6159
1.4.5. Backup contact:
April 22, 1991 Utah - 1
-------
For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X^ Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
X Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
X Tracking of submission of other required reports
X General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
X Others
There is a non-public category for systems that are too small to fall under
the Federal limits.
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
X System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
April 22, 1991 Utah - 2
-------
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
For the most recent survey.
_ Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
_ SNCs (also see next question)
A dummy file can be created to sort on violation fields
and generate a printout of SNCs.
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
Yes
How are SNCs defined in this system?
X EPA definition
_ State definition
Other definition
April 22, 1991 Utah - 3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Pot
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
The system stores the last 3 years of information.
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all mat apply.)
Compliance schedules
^^^ Progress in meeting compliance schedules
X Variances
X Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
This capability is not used..
__^ Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
' apply.)
X . Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
April 22, 1991 Utah - 4
-------
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in die system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
Chemical data is available for the hist 20 years. Bacteriologic data is available
for the most recent one to two year period.
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all mat apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters mat manages the system.
Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g.. health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Data is electronically uploaded
The State health lab sends data on magnetic tape.
X On-line (key) data entry
Inventory information is updated on-line. Data from private labs is also
updated on-line. They plan to have electronic transfer from private labs
by mid-199L
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to. all that apply.)
Input operator review
X 2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
verification
By repeat query
X By edit-checking
Other
April 22, 1991 Utah - 5
-------
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Data is transferred by magnetic tape to a Prime mini computer and then
sent by modem to Region
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
. Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
___ Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
m We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
__ We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTF is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Yes. There were some early problems linking violation and
enforcement data.
Was die conversion fully successful? Yes
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
mat apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
April 22,1991 . Utah - 6
-------
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
Ad-hoc reports require custom programming.
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
mat apply.)
X On-line help screens
Menu-driven with message lines that offer different options the user can
take.
Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Other offices within the same state
Other offices use the data.
Other states
Other
System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
X Minicomputer NIXDORF 600/45 with 7 terminals.
PC
Other
5.12. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
April 22, 1991 Utah - 7
-------
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: Editor operating system.
Applications software: EDITOR (same as the operating system).
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
There are several pages that provide an overview of the system and its
structure.
Training material
_____ System administration manual
Technical guide
X Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Same " .
Address:
Telephone:
*
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
X There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, there are changes, planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
April 22, 1991 Utah - 8
-------
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Pot an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
X Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Utah's public domain
No Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
The department would be willing to share the application software with
other state free of charge. They would not be able to provide system
support
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
X What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
The system occupies 4.7 megabytes of disk storage.
X What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
56 kilobytes of RAM.
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
The system currently uses 34 megabytes of storage for PWS data.
X What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
There are 24 standard tables. More tables can be added as new
regulations are passed.
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
X What is the size of the current staff to support application
About 1/4 to 1/2 FTE for administration and 1-1/2 FTE for data entry.
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
User-friendy; rarely experience operational problems; easy to train staff on its use.
April 22, 1991 . Utah - 9
-------
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS H training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did .the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
April 22, 1991 Utah - 10
-------
Inventory Form-
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Vermont
1. Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: VT1
1.2. Information system identification.
1.2.1. Official name of system:
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Vermont
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health
1.3 Name of interviewer Milenko Ralich (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Kim Jones
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
. 1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Environmental Health Division, Water Supply Program
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 60 Main Street
Box 70
Burlington, VT 05402
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number (802) 863-7344
1.4.5. Backup contact:
*pril 22, 1991 Vermont - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
The system can generate mailing labels and special notices to PWSs.
X Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does- the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
X System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
April 22, 1991 Vermont - 2
-------
. X System treatment data
X System location data
Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
^^ Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
____ EPA definition
____ State definition
_____ Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
April 22, 1991 Vermont - 3
-------
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
^^^ Compliance schedules
^^^ Progress in meeting compliance schedules
a Variances
___ Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
X Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Financial data (e.g., fees)
X Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
. Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
April 22, 1991 Vermont - 4
-------
___ Data arrives from another agency within die state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all mat
apply.)
_____ Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
_____ Data is keypunched
_____ Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
_____ 2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data.
On-line verification
By repeat query
______ By edit-cheddng
The system has verification checks for field codes used in FRDS.
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
^^ Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
X Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
April 22, 1991 Vermont - 5
-------
3.14. la what format is data sent to die EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those mat apply:
__ We arc currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion? No
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X On-line help screens
___ Telephone support
X Other
Oil-site support
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
April 22, 1991 Vermont - 6
-------
Other ststcs
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
X Minicomputer VAX 8550
PC
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
___ PC network Network type:
___ PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: VMS
Applications software: 1032
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
_ User's manual
Training material
^^ System administration
^^ Technical guide
._. Annotated code
Other
April 22, 1991 . Vermont - 7
-------
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Same
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
Changes will be made to meet TCR/SWTR requirements.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system? If
so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for efficient
operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is there
in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
April 22, 1991 Vermont - 8
-------
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
__ Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did die interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
Yes
April 22, 1991 Vermont - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Virginia
L Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for mis interview form: VA1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: FRDS-DE and MSIS
1.22. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Virginia
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health
1.3 Name of interviewer Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Evans Massie
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Division of Water Supply and Engineering
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3: EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 109 Governors Street
Richmond, VA 23219
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number. 804-786-1756
1.4.5. Backup contact:
.»pril22, 1991 Virginia-1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
The MSIS system maintains inventory information.
^_Xm Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
The Department uses a manual system to track violations, and an "inhouse"
automated system to track inspections.
Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
^^ Mailings support (e.g.. generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
_____ Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
X System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
April 22, 1991 Virginia - 2
-------
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
^^^ Operator Certification
X Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Type of violation
Date of violation
_____ Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
Monitoring/reporting violations
MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
Current enforcement actions
Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
*pril 22, 1991 Virginia - 3
-------
3.5. Which types of inventory information does die system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
^^^ Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does me system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all mat
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all tiiat
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in die system? (Please describe. Refer
to die categories above, as appropriate.)
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
Data arrives directly from die field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to die
state agency headquarters that manages die system,
X Data arrives from die field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards die information to headquarters where die system is
maintained.
Laboratories send bacti sample data to the regional offices which record
the violations and foward a report to the central office.
April 22, 1991 Virginia - 4
-------
X Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
Chemical sample results are fowarded directly to the central office by
laboratory.
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all mat
apply.)
__ Data is electronically uploaded
' X On-line (key) data entry
For the FRDS-DE program.
X Data is keypunched
For the mainframe system.
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
Input operator review
X 2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
_____ By repeat query
X By edit-cheddng
X Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
X Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
April 22, 1991 Virginia - 5
-------
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
_____ There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format If MSIS format, check those that apply:
__ We are currently converting to DTP.
__ There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
The Department uses the FRDS-DE program to upoad data to FRDS-IL
Were mere any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to afl
that apply.)
Reports are generated from the mainframe for inventory information.
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X On-line help screens
X Telephone support
X Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
April 22, 1991 Virginia - 6
-------
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
X Mainframe IBM 4381
Minicomputer
X PC MEMOREX TELEX 7045
Other
5.12. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. . Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS for the microcomputer system.
HPO-S for the mainframe system.
Applications software: Clipper for the microcomputer system.
COBOL for the mainframe system.
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
Training material
X System administration manual
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
npril 22, 1991 Virginia - 7
-------
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name:
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
5.52. What other changes are planned for the system?
. 5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
They are too far removed from FRDS and cannot use system to help the state with its
tracking efforts.
April 22, 1991 Virginia - 8
-------
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
X Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s): Data verification
No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
Yes
April 22, 1991 Virginia - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Washington
L Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for this interview form: WAI
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Drinking Water Program
1.2.2. Common name (if different):
1.23. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Washington
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Department of Health
1.3 Name of interviewer Lisa Richardson (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Peggy Johnson
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Environmental Health Program
Division of Drinking Water
Technical Services Section
1.4.2.2. EPA Regiqn/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: Building 3, Airdustrial Park
Mailstop LD11
Olympia,WA 98504
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number. 206-753-3528
1.4.5. Backup contact:
April 22, 1991 Washington - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
Enforcement data management is a small part of the program.
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
_ Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
_ _ Tracking of submission of other required reports
Uploading to FRDS.
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of.PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
X Others
The program maintains data on systems that have as few as two service
connections or more.
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
X System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
April 22, 1991 Washington - 2
-------
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
_X_ Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
The system has source location data in terms of township range.
____ Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in mis system?
EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
April 22, 1991 Washington - 3
-------
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does die system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all mat apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
The system handles the entire letter sequence, from warning to formal
action letters.
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of iiispections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
April 22, 1991 Washington - 4
-------
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from die field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters mat manages the system.
Water quality information arrives from the laboratories. Inventory data
arrives from the systems themselves.
X Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Some inventory data arrives via Regional offices.
_ Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Data is electronically uploaded
On-line (key) data entry
Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X Input operator review
X 2nd party review
_____ Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
X By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
_____ Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
April 22, 1991 Washington - 5
-------
X Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those mat apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X MSIS format If MSIS format, check those that apply:
X We are currently converting to DTP.
X There are problems with the conversion.
Too many manuals are provided and makes distillation
of pertinent information difficult.
FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
Ad hoc reporting capabilities are limited by some selection criteria.
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
On-line help screens
X Telephone support
Other
April 22,1991 Washington - 6
-------
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Other offices within die same state
Some local health departments have inquiry access; the Utlilities and
Transportation Commission has on-line inquiry access as well.
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
X Mainframe IBM network with microcomputers
Minicomputer '
PC
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: Natural
Applications software: Adabas
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
Training material
X System administration manual (to be developed by July 1991)
April 22, 1991 Washington-?
-------
Technical guide
Annotated code
X Other
Some resource persons.
5.4. What is die name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Simon Tung
Address: MS LD-11
Olympia,WA 98504
Telephone: (206)586.8733
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
X Yes, there are changes planned.
The new data system will meet the Revised Reporting Requirements.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
No Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) mat is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
April 22, 1991 Washington - 8
-------
X What is the size of the current staff to support application.
15 FTEs are needed to maintain the system; 1.5 data entry employees and
one system administrator. Additional programming staff will be used as
needed.
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
The systems strength is that Regional offices have access to it, The system is very new
and will undoubtedly have "bugs" still to be discovered.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, die interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
Yes
rtl
pril 22, 1991 Washington - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
West Virginia
L Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for mis interview form: WV1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: No system name.
1.22. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: West Virginia
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
Office of Environmental Health Services
1.3 Name of interviewer. Lisa Richardson (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Jan Griffith
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Environmental Engineering Division
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: 1900 Kanawha Blvd. East
Building 3, Room 550
Charleston, WV 26305
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number (304) 348-2981
1.4.5. Backup contact:
April 22, 1991 West Virginia - 1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g.t enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
X Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs doe* rhe system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
April 22, 1991 West Virginia - 2
-------
Sanitary Surveys
X Operator Certification
___ Entry Point
33. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all mat apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
Only those tests resulting in violations are entered into the system.
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
Monitoring/reporting violations
MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
No old data is erased from the system.
Other
,ril 22,1991 West Virginia - 3
-------
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
_ Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9. What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
Owner changes and public notification data.
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
Inventory data arrives directly from PWSs.
X Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
Violation data is sent in from the 6 district offices.
April 22, 1991 West Virginia - 4
-------
Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all mat
apply.)*
Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
___ Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
___ Input operator review
X 2nd party review
X Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
By edit-checking
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
X Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
____ Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
22, 1991 West Virginia - 5
-------
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
All data is re-entered into the FRDS-DE program and sent to Region
on floppy disk.
Were mere any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2.* What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X On-line help screens
X Telephone support
Other
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
April 22, 1991 West Virginia - 6
-------
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
X PC IBM and Zenith
^^^ Other
5.1.2. Distributed
X PC network Network type:
_ PC/minicomputer network Network type:
_____ PC/mainframe network Network type:
_ Other
5.1.3. _ Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: . MS-DOS
Applications software: dBASE ni+
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User s manual
X Training material
^^^ System administration manual
_ Technical guide
_ Annotated code
_ Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Same
Address:
Telephone:
April 22, 1991 West Virginia - 7
-------
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is die system currently being revised to .meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
X There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
_r_^ii Yes, mere are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
X Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
___ Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
X What is the size of the current staff to support application
There is one administrator and four clerks.
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
Lack of human resources.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
X Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
April 22, 1991 West Virginia - 8
-------
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS H training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
Yes
April 22,'1991 West Virginia - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
Wisconsin
L Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for mis interview form: WI1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: WATER/ENTRACK
1.^2. Common name (if different):
1.2.3. Commonly used acronym (if different):
1.2.4. State: Wisconsin
1.2J. Name of state agency that main^ing and operates the system:
Department of Natural Resources
1.3 Name of interviewer Martin Rebhun (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Sharon Burbach
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
Division of Environmental Quality
Bureau of Public Water Supplies
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: Box 7921
GEF H
Madison, WI 53707
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number 608-266-8696
1.4.5. Backup contact:
. .^ril 22, 1991 Wisconsin -1
-------
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
The WATER system tracks inventory data.
. X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
Enforcement (e.g., enforcement histories)
The ENTRACK system tracks enforcement data.
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
^^^ System administration data
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
April 22, 1991 Wisconsin - 2
-------
X System location data
Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
Operator Certification
Operator certification is not tracked in the Public Water Section.
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
The ENTRACK system tracks violation data.
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
Monitoring/reporting violations
MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
How are SNCs defined in this system?
EPA definition
State definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
The ENTRACK system tracks enforcement data.
X Current enforcement actions
April 22, 1991 Wisconsin - 3
-------
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
Compliance schedules
__^, Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types of water sources are tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
3.9; What types of historical data are maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
state agency headquarters that manages the system.
X Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
maintained.
April 22, 1991 Wisconsin - 4
-------
X Data arrives from another agency within die state (e.g., health department)
The district offices maintain formal violations data in the ENTRACK
system.
3.11. Which methods axe used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Data is electronically uploaded
The sample results from State laboratories are electronically uploaded.
_____ On-line (key) data entry
X Data is keypunched
Other
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all mat apply.)
Input operator review
2nd party review
Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
By repeat query
X By edit-checking
Edit-checking is done by checking codes and water system ID#s.
Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
X Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Both ENTRACK and WATER systems data is sent on diskette to the E
Regional Office.
Other
Magnetic Tape to Region
Magnetic Tape to NCC
April 22, 1991 Wisconsin - 5
-------
3.14. In what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
. We are currently converting to DTP.
_____ There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those mat apply:
We are currently converting to DTP.
There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
Were mere any problems with the conversion?
There were some initial problems, but the prospects for
success look good. The data has to be reformatted to DTP
to send.
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X On-line help screens
Both the ENTRACK and WATER systems have on-line help screens.
Telephone support
Other
April 22, 1991 Wisconsin - 6
-------
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Other offices within the same state
Data reports are provided to the Department of Health.
. Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
X Mainframe IBM. There is an ORACLE Database at HQ with
hardwired terminals with IBM access through gateway.
There is an IMS Database at the regional center.
. Minicomputer
PC
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
PC network Network type:
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software:
Applications software: ORACLE and IMS Databases
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
User's manual
Training material
^^^ System administration manual
Technical guide
April 22, 1991 Wisconsin - 7
-------
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Patrick Powers, Data Coordinator in Bureau of Water
Address-:
Telephone: 608-266-0460
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
X There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
Is the system run on public domain applications software?
Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
April 22, 1991 Wisconsin - 8
-------
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does die interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
Yes
Did the interviewee attend die FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
April 22, 1991 Wisconsin - 9
-------
Inventory Form
State Drinking Water Information Systems
. Wyoming
L Background Information
1.1. Tracking number for mis interview form: WY1
1.2. Information system identification
1.2.1. Official name of system: Compliance Tracking System (versions 1 and 2)
1.22. Common name (if different):
1.23. Commonly used acronym (if different): CTS-1 and CTS-2
1.2.4. State: Wyoming
1.2.5. Name of state agency that maintains and operates the system:
EPA Region Vm maintains the system for Wyoming.
1.3 Name of interviewer Lisa Richardson (Cadmus)
1.4. Basic interviewee information
1.4.1. Name of interviewee: Clint Lemmons
1.4.2. Interviewee's Agency/Office:
1.4.2.1. State agency/office/division (or branch):
1.4.2.2. EPA Region/division/branch/section:
Region Yin, Water Management Division
1.4.2.3. EPA Headquarters office/division/branch/section:
1.4.3. Interviewee's mailing address: EPA Region Yin
999 18th Street, Suite 500
Denver, CO 80202-2405
1.4.4. Interviewee's telephone number (303) 294-7118
1.4.5. Backup contact: Tom Entzminger, Marshell Pullman
..pri!22, 1991 . Wyoming - 1
-------
Region Vm developed and uses the Compliance Tracking System, version 1 (CTS-1) to
track Wyoming's PWSs. Several States nave received copies of CTS-1 and use the
system to track their PWSs. A new system, CTS-2, is currently under development by
Region Yin, and is expected to be finished by early 199L The new system, CTS-2, will
incorporate new EPA rules and requirements, and will replace CTS-1. The information
contained in this system inventory form pertains to the new system, CTS-2.
2. For which purposes is the system used? (put an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Inventories of water systems
X Compliance (e.g., tracking violations; tracking inspections)
X Enforcement (e.g.t enforcement histories)
X Mailings support (e.g., generation of mailing labels; production of warning letters)
The system will be able to automatically generate violation letters and
mailing labels.
__ . Fee tracking
X Tracking of submission of required reports on monitoring
Tracking of submission of other required reports
General administration
X Uploading to FRDS
Other
3. Data issues
3.1. For which types of PWSs does the system maintain data? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X CWSs
X NTNCs
X NCWSs
Others
April 22, 1991 Wyoming - 2
-------
3.2. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Source/entity data
X System administration data
The system maintains data on the congressional district and township of
each PWS.
X Demographics (e.g., population served)
X System size
X System owner/operator data
X System treatment data
X System location data
X Source location data (e.g., well latitude/longitudes)
X Sanitary Surveys
. Operator Certification
Entry Point
3.3. Which types of violation information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Type of violation
X Date of violation
X_ Parametric data (e.g., limit; level measured)
X Capable of storing multiple violations of same type
X Capable of storing multiple violations of different types
3.3.1. X Is the system capable of identifying or flagging violations
X Monitoring/reporting violations
X MCL violations
SNCs (also see next question)
3.3.2. Does the system store an indicator of whether a particular violator is a SNC?
No
How are SNCs defined in this system?
22, 1991 Wyoming - 3
-------
X EPA definition
Stfltc definition
Other definition
3.4. Which types of enforcement information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put
an "X" next to all that apply.)
X Current enforcement actions
X Historical enforcement actions (or profiles)
X Other
3.5. Which types of inventory information does the system maintain about PWSs? (Put an
"X" next to all that apply.)
X Compliance schedules
X Progress in meeting compliance schedules
Variances
Variance type
Other
3.6. Which types of scheduling capabilities does the system have? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Scheduling of inspections/inspectors
X Summaries of results of inspections
3.7. What types, of water sources are tracked by die system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
X Ground
X Surface
X Purchased
3.8. What types of resource data is tracked by the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
Financial data (e.g., fees)
Other resources data
April 22, 1991 Wyoming - 4
-------
3.9. What types of historical data arc maintained in the system? (Please describe. Refer
to the categories above, as appropriate.)
3.10. How is data consolidated, transcribed, and prepared for data entry? (Put an "X" net
to all that apply.)
X Data arrives directly from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to the
~~~~~ state agency headquarters mat manages the system.
__ Data arrives from the field (e.g., system; systems' laboratories) to a regional
office, which forwards the information to headquarters where the system is
. Data arrives from another agency within the state (e.g., health department)
3.11. Which methods are used to enter data into the system? (Put an "X" next to all that
apply.)
_ Data is electronically uploaded
X On-line (key) data entry
_ Data is keypunched
X Other
By the end of 1991, laboratories will submit results to use on floppy disk.
3.12. What are the primary means by which data QA/QC is performed? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
_ Input operator review
X 2nd party review
_ Confirmation by water system that supplied data
On-line verification
__f By repeat query
X By edit-checking
The system will contain several edit checking routines including:
verification of PWS name and ID number; verification that required
data fields are entered; and validity checks for dates.
_ Other
3.13. How data is exported to EPA Regional Offices (for eventual uploading to FRDS)?
(Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
.__ Data telecommunications (e.g., via modem)
April 22, 1991 Wyoming - 5
-------
X Diskette delivered to EPA Regional Office
Other
_____ Magnetic Tape to Region
. Magnetic Tape to NCC
3.14. la what format is data sent to the EPA for FRDS uploads? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
-mi Card image. If card image, check those that apply:
_____ We are currently converting to DTP.
______ There are problems with the conversion.
MSIS format. If MSIS format, check those that apply:
_____ We are currently converting to DTP.
_ There are problems with the conversion.
X FRDS n Data Transfer Format (DTP). If DTP is used:
The system, now under development, will upload flies for FRDS in DTP.
Were there any problems with the conversion?
Was the conversion fully successful?
Other
4. User issues
4.1. What types of reports are generated for use within the state? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X Standard on screen reports
X Standard printed reports
X Ad-hoc on screen reports
X Ad-hoc printed reports
4.2. What types of support are available to users of the system? (Put an "X" next to all
that apply.)
X On-line help screens
Telephone support
April 22, 1991 Wyoming - 6
-------
X Other
Other EPA Regions
4.3. What other users of this system are there? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
Other offices within the same state
Other states
Other
5. System configuration and system management and administration
5.1. What is the system's hardware architecture? (Put an "X" next to all that apply.)
5.1.1. Centralized
Mainframe
Minicomputer
X PC CTS-2 is shared on a local area network using an IBM PS2
model 80 as the file server.
Other
5.1.2. Distributed
X PC network -Network type: Novell
PC/minicomputer network Network type:
PC/mainframe network Network type:
Other
5.1.3. Hybrid
5.2. In what environment and on what software does the system run?
System software: MS-DOS
Applications software: dBASE IV
5.3. What types of documentation are available to support the system? (Put an "X" next
to all that apply.)
X User's manual
A user's manual for CTS-2 will be written.
April 22, 1991 . Wyoming - 7
-------
X Training material
The Region will hold training sessions for States that wish to use the new
system.
X System administration mannal
There are no plans to write a system administrative manual.
Technical guide
Annotated code
Other
5.4. What is the name of the system administrator (if not the interviewee)?
Name: Same
Address:
Telephone:
5.5. Please indicate any of the following changes planned for the system.
5.5.1. Is the system currently being revised to meet the Revised Reporting
Requirements?
The new CTS-2 system will meet all Revised Reporting Requirements.
There are no changes planned since the system already meets these
requirements?
Yes, there are changes planned.
5.5.2. What other changes are planned for the system?
5.6. The following are issues pertaining to the transportability of the system. Put an "X"
next to those questions for which an answer is supplied.
X Is the system run on public domain applications software?
No Would the owning state agency charge a fee for a copy or use of the system?
If so, what amount?
Would any other fees be required (e.g., for licensing of proprietary software)?
What is the smallest size (megabytes of disk space) that is required for
efficient operation of the system?
The system size in not yet known.
April 22, 1991 Wyoming - 8
-------
X What is least amount of memory required for the system to run?
640 kilobytes of RAM are required to run CTS-2 (dBASE IV).
What are the current storage requirements for the system's data?
.._ What degree of modularity (e.g., substantial use of table-driven software) is
there in the system?
Are there any other factors not yet discussed?
_ What is the size of the current staff to support application
6. What are the interviewee's perception of system's strengths and weaknesses?
CTS n tracks all EPA requirements including inventory, sources, treatment, site visits,
bacteriological, turbidity, and chem/rads. It is geared toward EPA regulations and
would require modification by the state to adapt to their particular regulations.
7. Miscellaneous
7.1. Does the interviewee use FRDS?
Yes, the interviewee personally uses FRDS
Frequency:
Main purpose(s):
X No, the interviewee does not use FRDS
7.2. Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n training provided by EPA?
No
Did the interviewee attend the FRDS n interactive retrieval training?
No
April 22, 1991 Wyoming - 9
-------
Appendix A
Examples of System Output
Examples of System Architecture
Tables of Contents from Two User's Manuals
-------
Examples of System Output
-------
11/26/90 TENNESSEE PUBLIC WATER SYSTEMS BY NAME PAGE 1
WS ID # SURV DATE WATER SYSTEM NAME MAIL BOTTLES TO
POPJ- TELEPHONE
OOOO59 12/19/88 11-W UTILITY DISTRICT Mr. Bill McMurray, M
11-W Utility District
1,106 (615)323-5485 P,O, BOX 264 1458 Harrtown Rd.
BLOUNTVILLE TN 37617 Blountsville TN 3761
OF SERVICES - 402
OUNTY - SULLIVAN (SEASON) BEGIN - END -
SOURCE NAME AVAIL LATITUDE LONGITUDE
BRISTOL WTR DEP P - -
TREATMENT
PART. REMOVAL 2 TASTE & ODOR CONTROL UNTREATED 000
X>1261 O5/16/90 ABRAMS CREEK CAMPGROUND MAINTENANCE DIVISION
GREAT SMOLY MTNS NATIONAL GREAT SMOKY MTNS NATIOf
75 (615)436-5615 RT. 2 . RT. 2
GATLINBURG TN 37738 GATLINBURG TN 3773E
OF SERVICES - 2
DUNTY BLOUNT (SEASON) BEGIN - 0401 END - 1031
SOURCE NAME AVAIL LATITUDE LONGITUDE
WELL P 035-36-30 083-56-00
TREATMENT
PART. REMOVAL 1 SOFTENING DISINFECTION 421
00001 03/01/88 ADAMS-CEDAR HILL WATER SY Mr. Timothy Henson,
Adams-Cedar Hill Water
2,775 (615)696-2266 P.O. BOX 6. KEESBURG RD. Box 6
ADAMS TN 37010 Adams TN 37010
OF SERVICES - 925 . .
JUNTY - ROBERTSON (SEASON) BEGIN - END -
SOURCE NAME AVAIL LATITUDE LONGITUDE
RED RIVER P O36-35-35 O87-O3-30
TREATMENT
PRECHLDRINATION 403 CORROSION CONTROL MANGANESE REMOVAL
PART, TMOVAL 1 345 SOFTENING DISINFECTION 401
PART. .vEMOVAL 2 240 TASTE ?< ODOR CONTROL UNTREATED
PART. REMOVAL 3 66O IRON REMOVAL FLUORIDE
-------
:»
11/26/90
PUS ID
SYSTEM NAME
&&&&V&&&V&&&V&&Z--X&K&VX-&&K&KV--XX-K&XX-KX-X3-K&V&X&*
INORGANIC CHEMICAL RESULTS . «
3-«:fr«»«>«3>-:!'^
PAGE NO.
COUNTY
'000246 FRANKLIN WATER DEPT
SAMPLE
DATE
07/18/89
07/18/89
07/18/89
07/18/89
07/18/89
07/18/89
07/18/89
07/18/89
07/18/89
07/18/89
07/18/89
08/07/87
08/07/87
08/07/87
08/07/87
08/07/87
03/07/87
CONTAMINANT
NAME
ARSENIC
BARIUM
CADMIUM
CHROMIUM
FLUORIDE
LEAD
MERCURY
NITRATE (AS N)
SELENIUM
SILVER
SODIUM
HARDNESS - CALCIUM
PH
TOTAL ALKYLINITY
AGGRESSIVE INDEX
TEMPERATURE (7.C)
LANGELIER INDEX
WILLIAMSON
ANALYSIS
DATE
07/28/89
08/02/89
O7/31/89
O7/21/89
07/18/89
O7/ 27/89
07/26/89
07/2O/89
07/28/89
07/31/89
08/22/89
08/27/87
08/07/87
08/10/87
08/27/87
08/07/87
08/27/87
RESULT
< 0.00100
< 0. 10000
< O.OO1QO
< 0.01000
1 . O5OOO
< O.OO5OO
< 0.0010O
< 0.10000
< O. 00 100
0.00100
2.60OOO
145.0000
7.70000
125.0OOO
12.0000O
28.OOOOO
+ O.2OOOO
MCL*
0.0500O
1 . 00000
O.O10OO
O . O5000
4.OOOOO
0.05000
0.0020O
10.000OO
0.0100O
0.05000
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
= MAXIMUM CONTAMINANT LEVEL ALLOWED BY STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS
(NOTE THAT THERE IS NO MCL FOR SODIUM. AND SOME OTHER CONTAMINANTS
THIS INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE FOR PERSONS ON A SODIUM RESTRICTED DIET.)
-------
NEW JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
BUREAU OF SAFE DRINKING WATER
SAMPLE ANALYSIS FILE - TRANSACTION CODE REPORT
13157 MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989
PUBLIC
WATER ID
0228001
0228001
0228001
0228001
0228001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233001
0233005
0233005
0233005
0233005
0233005
0251001
0251001
0251001
0251001
0251001
0251001
0251001
0251001
0251001
0251001
0251001
0251001
PLANT OWNER TRANSACTION
CODE
HO-HO-KUS WATER DEPT
HO-HO-KUS WATER DEPT
HO-HO-KUS WATER DEPT
HO-HO-KUS WATER DEPT
HO-HO-KUS WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
MAHWAH WATER DEPT
BOGERTS RANCH ESTATES INC
BOGERTS RANCH ESTATES INC
BOGERTS RANCH ESTATES INC
BOGERTS RANCH ESTATES INC
BOGERTS RANCH ESTATES INC
RIDGEWQOD WATER DEPARTMENT
RIDGEWOOD WATER DEPARTMENT
RIDGEWOOD WATER DEPARTMENT
RIDGEWOOD WATER DEPARTMENT
RIDGEWOOD WATER DEPARTMENT
RIDGEWOOD WATER DEPARTMENT
RIDGEWOOD WATER DEPARTMENT
RIDGEWQOD WATER DEPARTMENT
RIDGEWQOD WATER DEPARTMENT
RIDGEWOOn WATER DEPARTMENT
RIUGEWQOD WATER DEPARTMENT
RIDGEWQQD WATER DEPARTMENT
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
-TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
TH
FACILITY
NUMBER
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
si
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
SAMPLE CONTAMINANT ID LABID SIGN
NUMBER
01 2941 02046
01 2942 02046 <
01 2943 02046 <
01 2944 02046 <
01 2950 02046
01 294]
02 294:
03 294:
04 294:
OS 294:
01 294:
L 02046 <
02046 <
02046 <
02046 <
02046 <
! 02046 <
02 2942 02046 <
03 2942 02046 <
04 2942 02046 <
OS 2942 02046
01 2943 02046 <
02 2943 02046 <
03 2943 02046 <
04 2943 02046 <
OS 2943 02046 <
01 2944 02046 <
02 2944 02046 <
03 2944 02046 <
04 2944 02046 <
OS 2944 02046
01 2950 02046 <
42 2950 02046 <
03 2950 02046 <
04 2950 02O46 <
OS 2950 02046
01 2941 02046 <
01 2942 02046 <
01 2943 02046 <
01 2944 02046 <
01 2950 02046 <
01 2941 16047
02 2941 16047 <
03 2941 16047
04 2941 16047
01 294:
! 16047
02 2942 16047
03 2941
I 16047
04 2942 16047
01 2943 16047 <
02 2943 16047 <
03 2943 16O47 <
04 2943 16047
RESULT
3.00000
1.00000
1.00000
1.00000
3.00000
1.00000
l.OOOOO
1.00000
1.00000
1.00000
1.00000
1.00000
1.00000
1.00000
2.00000
1.00000
1.00000
1.00000
1.00000
.00000
.00000
.00000
.00000
.00000
.00000
1.00000
1.00000
1.00000
1.00000
3.00000
l.OOOOO
1.00000
1.00000
1.00000
1.00000
0.20000
0.20000
0 . 20000
0.20000
0.50000
0 . 90000
0.20000
0 . 400OO
0.10000
0.10000
O.I 0000
0.10000
SAMPLE
DATE
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/10/89
07/26/89
07/26/89
07/26/89
07/26/89
07/26/89
07/26/89
07/26/89
07/26/89
07/26/89
07/26/89
O7/26/89
07/26/89
-------
HEW JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
BUREAU OF SAFE DRINKING UATER
SAMPLE ANALYSIS FILE - TURBIDITY REPORT
PUBLIC UATER ID=>O102001
PLANT OWNER
ATLANTIC
ATLANTIC
ATLANTIC
ATLANTIC
ATLANTIC
ATLANTIC
ATLANTIC
ATLANTIC
N-
CITY MUA
CITY MUA
CITY MUA
CITY MUA
CITY MUA
CITY MUA
CITY MUA
CITY MUA
8
LADID
01001
01001
01001
O1001
01001
01001
01001
01001
HIGH RESULT
1.10000
1,50000
2.00000
1.60000
2.20000
1.70000
2.00000
2,10000
LOU RESULT
0.32000
0.65000
0.20000
0,29000
0.15000
0.2QOOO
0.40000
0.40000
RESULT
0.74000
0.82000
1.15000
0.81000
O.50000
0.82000
O.B3000
0.84000
11121 WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 27, 1989
SAMPLE DATE
01/31/89
02/28/89
03/31/89
04/30/89
OS/31/89
06/30/89
07/31/89
08/31/89
PUBLIC WATER IB«1111001
LABID HIGH RESULT LOW RESULT
PLANT OWNER
TRENTON UATER DEPARTMENT 11133 0.54000 0.030OO
TRENTON UATER DEPARTMENT 11133 10.00000 0.02000
TRENTON UATER DEPARTMENT 11133 0.38000 0.03000
TRENTON UATER DEPARTMENT 11133 0.46000 0.02000
TRENTON UATER DEPARTMENT 11133 0,30000 O.O50OO
TRENTON UATER DEPARTMENT 11133 0.62000 0.05000
TRENTON UATER DEPARTMENT 11133 0.49000 O.O4000
TRENTON UATER DEPARTMENT 11133 0.22000 0.040OO
RESULT
0.15000
0.42000
0.12000
0.10000
0.19000
O.I4000
0.11000
0.10000
SAMPLE DATE
01/31/89
02/28/89
03/31/89
04/30/89
05/31/89
06/30/89
07/31/89
00/31/89
8
-------
PU_ID: 0102001
ADDRESS DATA}
SURVEY DATA;
TRIHALOMETHANE
HEW JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
BUREAU OF SAFE DRINKING WATER
NEW JERSEY PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM
SYSTEM NAME.
PLANT TYPE
PLANT BEGIN DATS
POPULATION .. t. .
CONSECUTIVE INDICATOR,.......
NUMBER OF CONSECUTIVE FW5,..»
COMPLIANCE CYCLE....,,
REGULATED SY ..,.,».
ACTIVITY CODE ,. ...
DEACTIVATION DATE
DEACTIVATIOH REASON.,...,,...
REPORT REQUIRE? ,
INTERSTATE CARRIER.
OWNER TYPE,.,,,,..,.,.,,....,
OWNER NAME,,....
OWNER NAME LINE;
OWNER ADDRESS,,,
ATLANTIC CITY MUA
COMMUNITY
O6/O1/77
80,000
NOT CONSECUTIVE
0
01
REGULATED BY STATE
ACTIVE
HO
NO
MUNICIPALITY
ATLANTIC CITY MUA
2101 ARCTIC AVE BOX 1ABA
ATLANTIC CITY
HAILING NAME ATLANTIC CITY MUA
MAILING NAME LINE2
MAILING &DDRF.3S PQ BOX 16B6
ATLANTIC CITY
PLANT AREA CITY NAME ATLANTIC CITY
PHONE NUMBER < 409)441-0024
COUNTY ATLANTIC
LAST SURVEY DATE 01X24/99
SERVICE CONNECTIONS.......... 8,400
NUMBER OF METERS, 8,232
AVERAGE PRODUCTION........... 12,800,000
MAXIMUM PRODUCTION, 16,400,000
DESIGN CAPACITY 35,707,000
STORAGE CAPACITY 7,OOO,OOO
NUMBER OF SAMPLES
NUMBER OF PLANTS 1
MONITORING FRr.GllENCY QUARTERLY
NJ 08404
NJ 08404
-------
U A I I: II / S A N I T AT ION
I) T A II II II II I A II (I I- II It I N K
Il/16/9«
SOUIICE CAPACITY. LOCATION. TREATMENT AND VUI.NERAUILITY
WATER SYSTEM NIJMIIEH: 27915
MATER SYSTEM MANAGER: GLEN GUBLER
NATEH SYSTEM NAME: ST. GEORGE CITY
ADDRESS: 175 EAST 200 NORTH
ST GEORGE. UT 84770
PHONE: 634-5839
SOURCE
NO SOURCE NAME
01 COTTONWOOD SPR
92 SULLIVAN SPRING
03 LOWER SPRING
04 W FORK CTTNWU
05 QUAKING ASP SPR
06 BIG PINE CANYON
07 SLIDE CANYON SP
08 CARTER CANYON
09 GUNLOCK WELL 1
10 GUNLOCK WELL 2
11 GUNLOCK WELL 3
12 GUNLOCK WELL 4
13 MILLCREEK SPR
14 GUNLOCK WELL S
IS CITY CREEK WELL
16 SNOW CANY II
17 SNOW CANY82
18 SNOW CAN 13
19 MILLCREEK NO. 1
20 MILLCREEK NO. 2
21 MILLCREEK NO. 3
22 SNOW CANYON «4
P23 GUNLOCK NO. 6
P24 SNOW CANYON AS
25 VIRGIN RIVER
SOURCE TYPE
SPRING
SPRING
SPRING
SPRING
SPRING
SPRING
SPRING
SPRING
WELL
HELL
WELL
NELL
SPRING
WELL
WELL
WELL
WELL
WELL
WELL
WELL
WELL
WELL
WELL
WELL
STREAM
SOURCE
CAPACITY
(GPM>
1,900
650
700
1,800
1,500
1.300
l.SOO
200
650
650
450
700
1,200
700
- - -SOURCI
LATITUDE
DEC MIN SEC
37 18 44.
37 17 55.
37 17 51.
37 18 14.
37 19 22.
37 19 11.
37 30 15.
37 20 01 .
37 13 57.
37 14 43.
37 13 19.
37 13 43.
37 06 00.
37 14 16.
37 09 17.
37 13 01.
37 13 28.
37 13 55.
37 10 52.
37 11 12.
37 11 31.
37 14 24.
37 14 08.
5 LOCATION- -
LONGITUDE
: DEC MIN SE<
113 30 IB.
113 30 40.
113 30 37.
113 31 34.
113 31 28.
113 31 29.
113 31 38.
113 31 54.
113 46 57.
113 47 32.
113 46 51.
113 46 44.
113 34 00.
113 46 45.
113 34 20.
113 39 20.
113 39 25.
113 39 30.
113 31 07.
113 30 58.
113 30 46.
113 39 28.
113 47 20.
TREATMENT
: PROVIDED
CHLORINATION
CHLORINATION
CHLORINATION
CHLORINATION
CHLORINATION
CHLORINATION
CHLORINATION
CHLORINATION
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
CHLORINATION
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
UNKNOWN
COMPLETE
VULNERABILITY
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
UNKNOWN
"P" MEANS THIS SOURCE IS PLANNED FOR CONSTRUCTION
-------
r A ii
H II II K A II
0 K
I* ii it i i r:
M A T K ft
s ii i* i* i. i i: s
LU: HAIKU SIII'I'I.V INFORMATION SYSTKU
U/1H/90
Water System Nurahnr: 27315
Name: ST. GEORGF. CITY
Owner: CITY OF ST. GKORGK
Address: 175 EAST 200 NOHTII
ST GEOROE. UT 84770
Area: ST GEORGK
county: HASHINGTON
Type: COMMUNITY-POLITICAL SUUDIV
Mangr.: GLEN GUULEH
Phone: 634-5839
Oper. : GLEN GUBLER
Phone: 634-5808
-BACTERIOLOGIC QUALITY-
Samples Req/Month: 35
Month Insuf. Sample 9
Month Unsat Result: 0
Record Satis.: YES
12 Mos End.: 96/39/99
Source Nnmo
COTTONWOOO SPH
SULLIVAN SPRING
LOWER SPRING
W FORK CTTNWI)
QUAKING ASP SPR
BIG PINE CANYON
SLIDE CANYON SP
CARTER CANYON
GUNLOCK HELL 1
GUNLOCK HELL
GUNLOCK WELL 3
GUNLOCK WELL
MILLCREEK SPR
GUNLOCK WELL 5
CITY CREEK HELL
SNOW CANY 01
SNOW CANY02
SNOW CAN 03
MILLCREEK NO
MILLCREEK NO
MILLCREEK NO
SNOW CANYON 84
GUNLOCK NO. 6
SNOW CANYON 05
VIRGIN RIVER
No.
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
P23
P24
25
Source
Typo
SPRING
SPRING
SPRING
SPRING
SPRING
SPRING
SPRING
SPRING
WELL
WELL
WELL
WELL
SPRING
WELL
WELL
WELL
WELL
WELL
WELL
WELL
WELL
WELL
WELL
WELL
STREAM
11) IV
Hating: AI'PHOVKO
Rating Assigned: 08/29/62
Inventory Reviewed: 93/16/H7
Inventoried By: SCANI.AN
Last Surveyed: 10/03/90
Surveyed By: BLAKF.
Last Plan Appr.: 03/20/90
Systea Engineer:
Begin Operation: 01/ttl
End Operation: 12/31
Number of Untts: 12
Ma I or i a I : STEEL-CONCHETE
Capacity: 21.000.000
Adequate: YES
- - Welt - -
Type Oia
1
IG
'R
)N
iP
!
1
I
1 SHALLOW 16
,L
DEEP
1 DEEP 12
2 DEEP 12
3 DEEP 12
DEEP 16
Yield
IGPMI
1.909
650
700
1,800
1,500
1,300
1,500
200
650
650
450
700
1.200
700
Adeq.
Prol .
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Population: 31,600
Residential Conn.: 9,040
Other Connections: 1,340
Total No. Connections: 10,380
Type Other Conn: COMMERCIAL
Outside Use Permitted: YES
Calc Peak Denand (GPDI : 15,000,000
GPD/1440 « Demand (GPMt : 10.416
Peak Hourly Denand:
Type: COMPLETE Pump/Gravity:
Plant: QUAIL CREEK Fire Hydrants:
Capacity tMGDi : 10. »0 Pressure Adeq.:
Installed: 1989 PCT Holered:
Master Meter:
- - -HadK
Evaluatn
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
Last Samp
FB99289
FB99289
F899289
F899289
FB99289
F899289
F899289
FB99289
F899284
F893184
F893184
F886337
F899288
F908709
F899287
F899285
F899285
F899285
F908707
F998708
FB99286
FB86388
Evaluatn Last Samp
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
F90B681
F908681
F908681
F90B681
F908681
F9086B1
F908681
F908681
F886264
F886266
F886266
F886267
F9086B8
F908703
F908683
F9086B3
F90B683
F908701
F886258
F908677
F908685
F90869S
F908691
Evaluatn '
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
MARGINAL
ACCPTBLE
EXCD MCL
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
EXCD MCL
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
ACCPTBLE
EXCD MCL
BOTH
YES
YES
100
YES
{ante- - -
Last Samp
F899279
FB99279
F899279
F899279
F899279
FB99279
F899279
F899279
F889968
F899282
FB99282
F906181
FB89966
F889971
F889963
F899280
F899280
F899280
F882B85
F8B9967
F88996S
FB99281
F88940B
NO
ACCPTBLE F897812
"P" MEANS THIS SOURCE PLANNED FOR CONSTRUCTION
-------
O I- K R A T O R II
U/1H/90
Name: GI.RN L. GUUI.ER
Operator's Home Address: 434 N 4*6 M.
City. ST GEORGE
Home Phone: 673-2338
Social Security Number:
O It
Cert. »: 84042
State: UT Zip Code: R4770
Work Phone: 634-5800
Birth Date: / ./
Current Mater System Employer: 27B15 ST. GEORGE CITY
Direct llosponslblo Charge (Y-yes, N=No): Y
Distribution Grade Level: 4
Treatment Grade Level:
Distribution Grade Level:
Treatment Grade Level:
Expiration Restricted Grandfather System
Year CF.U's (YES, NO I (YES, NO) Number
1999 07.fl ' YES 27015
CONTINUING EDUCATION RECORDS
Course
Date Course Name
09/19/90 ANNA INTERMOUNTAIN SECTION 33RD ANNUAL MEETING (3 DAYS)
02/22/90 RHAU 1990 ANNUAL TECHNICAL CONFERENCE (2 DAYS)
09/20/89 ANNA CONFERENCE O DAYS)
62/23/89 RNAU 1989 TECHNICAL CONFERENCE
11/10/88 TECHNICAL SESSION (RNAU)
02/18/88 RNAU 1988 ANNUAL CONVENTION
02/10/88 HATER DISTRIBUTION WORKSHOP
01/14/88 ' RNAU TRAINING SESSION
09/23/87 ANNA INTERMOUNTAIN SECTION ANNUAL CONFERENCE
09/23/87 ANNA CONFERENCE
09/24/86 ANNA OPERATORS FORUM
09/24/86 ANNA INTERMOUNTAIN SECTION ANNUAL MEETING 1986
09/24/85 ANNA INTERMOUNTAIN SECTION ANNUAL MEETING
Course Location
ST. GEORGE, UTAH
ST. GEORGE, UTAH
ELKO, NEVADA
PROVO, UTAH
ST. GEORGE, UTAH
PROVO, UTAH
ST. GEORGE, UTAH
HURRICANE, UTAH
PARK CITY, UTAH
1987 (3 DAYS)
PROVO, UT.
PROVO, UT.
POCATELLO IDAHO
CEU'S
Awarded
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.4
e.e
i.o
o.e
1.2
1.0
1.0
0.6
1.0
1.0
-------
S. C. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL
BUREAU OF DRINKING WA TER-J>aOTECTlD*
- 12/19/90
PAGE 2172
INVENTORY OF PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY'SYSTEMS
"SYSTEM NUMBER": »i7~6T6obTsTRiCT: o*
.5JtSJ£M_NAME_-/..ADDRESS:
SYSTEM: HOLLYWOOD RURAL TELEPHONE: EMERGENCY TELEPHONE:
CONTACT NAME 1'lR.t.^l. «-STK ,, LE GAL^DD^sl «,F DIFFERENT,: - _
^???S!;LUD6: " '" STt?STTE: SC nPt 29,38 #?£**' STATE: ZIP:
SVSTE»"CMARVCTE"R"isf 1CS:
SYSTEM TYPE: P OWNER TYPE: o SEASDN ON IMO/DAVI: 0101 BEGIN DATE IMO/VR): 0*77
SERVICE AREA: COUNTIES SERVED: SEASON OFF IMO/DAVI: 1231
STATISTICAL INFORMATION: ' _
SOURCE INF6?MA'TION: fc ' J?Sf«?£?u?i.T*P$* i
PERCENT SURFACE ..,......»..,«,, o x RESIDENTIAL j
PERcIiiT GROUNDWATER 0 X S0^!,5,' °l^it^; £
PERCEMI-PURCHASEO. SURFACE 0 X MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE *«
PERCENT PURCHASED GROUNDWATER __0_X PBo:)UC?IoN CAPACITY IMGD.S
' TOTAL MUST EQUAL 100 X AVERAGE 1*1 II III III IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII olo30
'NUMBER SURFACE "SOURCES ".i... ..'.'.. o EMERGENCv'I IIIIIIIIII o.ooo
NUMBER GROUNDWATER SOURCES 2 .,«.,,,.
PURCHASED SURFACE SOURCES o IT2B'5II . ft -- « m
PURCHASED GRDUNDWATER SOURCES 0 C»OUND"MG"? !. IIIII111111111IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Sloo
SERVICE POPULATION: PRESSURE ITGI*!!!!!!!!! o.oo
POPULATION '82
SECONDARY. POPULATION.,.,. o
-------
Examples of System Architecture
-------
BUREAU OF SAFE DRINKING WATER
NEW JERSEY PUBUG WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM
L*. on tew
-VWfM^U
iMNMaMlU
-iPiafla1*
-n
-4-1
-»4
IllttOi
rt
I
-vswoa
-*!
-CCTfiT
-^WiML.-
-+M4<
-.sat
-1"*^ I
hVeMTMotAnoNi
\
-4-
-*AMM
-VMMIMWIU
-4-iuKrnaiAiu
.(.nUNTAOUf
COOfSM
-» GOT MOM
"
-t-TUMUM
-^SeffiOc
-4-ftaKXM
<«
-4-AM
-(.VKHAItOM
^eoiuMi
-------
anurous
+ H/MW
Mt
onion
H*
-------
Utah
MODE SELECTION HELP LIST
.AJDATA ENTRY MODE
START STD JOB
IC)FILE PROCESSING
ON-LINE TERMINAL
E DIAGNOSTIC MODE
F MACRO OPERATIONS
G SECURITY LOG-IN
H OPERATOR LOG-IN
SELECTION
- I
DATA ENTRY HELP LIST
START STANDARD JOB
ENTER A FILE
RESUME A FILE
VERIFY A FILE
EXAMINE A FILE
UPDATE A FILE
RESERVED
MODR SELECTION
SELECTION
SUPERVISORY MODE PASSWORD
FILE PROCESSING
FILE OPERATIONS
FILE I/O OPERATIONS
UTILITY OPERATIONS
LIBRARIES
MACRO OPERATIONS
SYSTEM OPERATIONS .
INDEX OPERATIONS
MODE SELECTION HELP LIST
SELECTION .
-------
FILE PROCESSING
A FILE OPERATIONS
3 FILE I/O OPERATIONS
C UTILITY OPERATIONS
A LIBRARIES
\E) MACRO OPERATIONS
r SYSTEM OPERATIONS
C> IN'DEX OPERATIONS
H MODE SELECTION HELP LIST
SELECTION
FILE PROCESSING
JL PERFORM COMMAND MACRO
jOPERFORM MACRO PROCEDURES
C PERFORM BACKGROUND COMMAND
D PERFORM BACKGROUND MACRO
E TERMINATE BACKGROUND
SELECTION .
FILE PROCESSING
ENTER NAME
FlZLb
Act
-------
tNltH UA1A
1 Water Systems
2 Water Sources
3 Bac iologic Data
4 Chi Jl Data
5 Operator Certification File
6 Engineering Plans
7 Mailing List
8 Cross Connection Control
Selection: _
KEN BOUSFIELD'S COMPU1
l) Enter Data
[3) Print Data
DISPLAY DATA
1 Water Systems
2 Water Sources
3 Bacteriologic U.ila
4 Chemical Data
5 Operator Certirira>ion F
6 Engineering Plans
7 Mailing List
8 Cross Connection Control
Select ion:
E R SYSTEM
(2) Display Data
0
Process Data
Selection
PRINT DATA
1 Water Systems
2 Water Sources
3 Bacterlologic Data
4 Chemical Data
5 Operator Certification File
6 Engineering Plans
7 Mailing List
8 Cross Connection Control
Select ion:
PHOCESS DATA
1 Water Systems
2 Water Sources
3 Bacteriologic Data
4 Chemical Data
5 Operator Certification File
6 Engineering Plans
7 Mailing List ,
8 Cross Connection Control '
Selection:
-------
DlfJPl.AY DATA
-(l) Water Systems
2 Water Sources
3 Bacteriologic Data
4 Chemical Data
5 Operator Certification File
6 Engineering Plans
7 Mailing List
8 Cross Connection Control
S«-lei l ion: _
ENTRY
FMT-9 BCD 00031 FLD-OOQ1
DISPLAY DATA iWater Systems!
' View and/or Change a Record
Within a County in Water System Number Order
:< Within a County in Alphabetical Order
So lei I ion:
I NTHY
I-MT--9 RCD-00031 H.U-0001
(l Physical Facility File
5 BACTI File
3 CHEM File (by sample fli
HELP! Terminate Maint.
l ion
UJ System a - -
QT) System Name
3 Manager/Operator Name
HELP! For Additional Menu Screen
Se 1'ec 11 on
ENTRY
FMT-9 RCD-00031 FLD-0001
Enter System «:
(REL for same syslem>
ENTRY
FMT-9 RCD-00031 FLD-008J
enter all or part of system name:
-------
IN T A L. A C C E. 5 S
i _ . i
^.1 f~ ]s\ ^ w\ i f"* T* ^* M 1 Plnil*Slf*n *"*i*^ /"" 1 1 T 1 /° C -^ rt /* Tf Tin ^ 1 1 ^ -*
GrouOed
Source
usr
: Lab 3j ^
: *
, : P/les
4 A
: S
; Obtain system number j
»by system no rue, j ' V ' i"
. P voy mortogfirs or ^ x^ \^ ;*g
OpsroTorii rHOryie. M > \^/ '
! tow
! Susteni '
bu . ; ibu - N£
.A Su S Cl^' t ^ i j c i^wM ^^ A
A- u^iMbff ^\ -^'y*1 Date.
£) . Iya**'*ser ^To . Numoer
. ' !
rJ * -j^f T ! ,
1 Olm,,f'lffm\ 4 ' A Pi M 1 1 fl 1 1
'i _ i.-i.. ^ i HeiP ^ i3iTffi"(ff lea ic
j _ _T
! i .__ , ,,_ ,,._ *-^
- S*S
i £g< No.
i SytAto. »Sou«
' , Lab Mo.
ch«»U Pi les
H W C?.. J- ^» _w»,,r,Ur ui i
J r. Kecords 'JT .,! ., Oicni i
fl»P UI-plUU
1 ' Pu by Daft
, i
*« W*- _ ^ rf^ _ p.^f, r:ifr ^
p- V/lfli^llfi M/ ^ f /n
» i r*> . i* i , . >i .i- . .< / DfteS i f , , , ' \
* MUalt£ Norici/ 1 L /
H L-^ -| 1 « SureflU /Action ' tnd.riduol ^ l
Tc 3^
^ . .. p j.. i
i 1^^ .g A ! J £
L i
VN
_ . i
Inorganic
Records j
i ^N
Radialoaic.
' A rl i^ 1 n <; 1^1 L
CecorJs
1 -
Pti
TN
O rg a n i'c. i
Arl /t 1 (j < 1 4
, i ; ^.ccora^j ia,/i/-f/»*.iolflrtir IT -1
i P4 8 Reconit f Li
: ! p
i 1 ^ r M
. J"**^
i
i
1
t
i :
t
!_L
Li
_i
-------
Table of Contents from Two User's Manuals
-------
P W S
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL
PWSMEN
PWSCOO
PWSNAM
PWSLAB
PWSNUM
MENU SELECTION
CODE VALUE LOOK UP
ALPHABETIC PWS NAME LOOK UP
ALPHABETIC LAB. NAME LOOK UP
NUMERIC PWS 10* LOOK UP
SYSTEM INVENTORY AND MAINTENANCE
PWS001 -
PWS002 -
PWS003 -
PWS004 -
PWS008 -
PWS009 -
PWS010 -
PWS011 -
PWS012 -
PWS013 -
PWSOM -
PWS01S -
PWS016 -
PWS017 -
PWS018 -
SAMPLES MA
PWS019 -
PWS020 -
PWS021 -
PWS022 -
PWS023 -
PWS024 -
PWS02S -
PWS026 -
PWS027 -
PWS028 -
PWS029 -
PWS030 -
PWS031 -
PWS032 -
PWS033 -
PWS034 -
PWS03S -
PWSG36 -
PWS037 -
SYSTEM INVENTORY. PART 1
SYSTEM INVENTORY. PART 2
PLANT INVORMATION
SOURCE INFORMATI ON
PERMIT HISTORY MAINTENANCE
COMMENT INQUIRY & MAINTENANCE
LABORATORY INVENTORY
HISTORY INFORMATION
CONSECUTIVE SYSTEMS INVENTORY
SANITARY SURVEY HISTORY
LATITUDE/LONGITUDE RANGE LOOK UP
INSPECTION CONCLUSIONS
INSPECTION COMMENTS
MOR INVE\TORY
MOR MASS ENTRY SCREEN
INTENANCE
CONTAMINANT MASS ENTRY
BACTERIOLOGICAL GOOD SAMPLE
BACTERIOLOGICAL
BACTERIOLOGICAL
BACTERIOLOGICAL
BACTERIOLOGICAL
TURBIDITY SAMPLE
MASS ENTRY
GOOD SAMPLES MAINTENANCE &
OTHER SAMPLE MASS ENTRY
OTHER SAMPLES MAINTENANCE &
DISPLAY SUMMARY
MASS ENTRY
INQUIRY
INOUIRY
TURBIDITY SAMPLE MAINTENANCE & INQUIRY
TRIHALOMETHANE SAMPLE MAINTENANCE & INQUIRY
VOCs
ORGAN ICS
INORGANICS
SECONDARIES
LANGLIER CALCULATIONS
RADIOLOGICALS
UNREGULATEDSPURGEABLES
UNREGULATEDSPESTICIDES
UNREGULATEDSBASE NEUTRAL EXTRACTABLES
UNREGULATEDSACID EXTRACTABLES
-------
VIOLATIONS & ENFORCEMENTS
PWS038 - VIOLATION ACTIONS
PWS039 - ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS
PWS040 - POTENTIAL VIOLATION SELECTION MENU
PWS042 - POTENTIAL VIOLATION EDITOR
PWS043 - VIOLATION! SUMMARY (USE FOR MASS VIOLATION DELETIONS)
PWS044 - VIOLATION! RANGE ENTRY
PWS045 - VIOLATION RANGE SUMMARY
PWS046 - ENFORCEMENT SUMMARY
PLANT DISTRIBUTION. TREATMENT, STORAGE & LAB CAPABILITY
PWS059 - DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
PWSOftO - GROUNDWATER SOURCE DESCRIPTION
PWS061 - SURFACE WATER DESCRIPTION. PART 1
PWS062 - SURFACE WATER DESCRIPTION. PART 2
PWS063 - PLANT TREATMENT
PWS064 «
PWS065 " " '
PWS066 - " . "
PWS067 " ' "
PWS068 " "
PWS069 - »
PWS070 " «
PWS071
PWS072
PWS073
RIPTION.
M
a
e*
M
o
n
M
PART
PART
PART
PART
PART
PART
PART
PART
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
- PUMP DESCRIPTION
- STORAGE TANK DESCRIPTION
-SYSTEM LABORATORY CAPABILITY
MISCELLANEOUS
PWS074 - COMPLIANCE SUMMARY SCREEN
SCREEN ACTION CODES FOR PASSING TO ANOTHER SCREEN
(Option to changing screen number in upper left
corner)
REPORTS
PWSP07 - NON-COMPLIANCE LETTERS AND ADDRESS FILE
PWSP01 - DRINKING WATER QUICK LOOK REPORT
PWSP02 - DRINKCNG WATER CHEMICAL SELECTION REPORT
PWSP03 - EN MASSE ENFORCEMENT ADD BATCH PROGRAM
PWSP04 - VIOLATION/ENFORCEMENT REPORT
PWSP08 - SANITARY SURVEY REPORT
PWSP09 - TRIHALOMETHANE REPORT
PWSP10 - DRINKING WATER SIGNIFICANT NON-COMPLIER REPORT
PWSP50 - COMPLIANCE EXTRACT
PWSP81 - LABORATORY DETAIL REPORT
PWSP82 - LABORATORY DIRECTORY REPORT
PWSP91 - DISTRICT LISTING OF DRINKING WATER SYSTEMS
PWSP95 - CODE VALUE DESCRIPTIONS
PWSP96 - PWS MAILING LABELS
PWSP97 - LAB MAILING LABELS
PWSP11 - DRINKING WATER BACTERIOLOGICAL SELECTION REPORT
PWSP30 - REPORT ON SAMPLES DUE
PWS111 - MONTHLY OPERATING REPORT
-------
STATE OF ALASKA
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION
PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY INVENTORY - USER DOCUMENTATION
INTRODUCTION 3
HISTORY 3
DOCUMENT CONTENT 3
DOCUMENT CONVENTIONS 4
STRUCTURE 6
6
INDEX DESCRIPTION 6
SYSTEM FILES . . . . ; 7
NAVIGATION ". 13
MENUS 16
SAMPLE POPUPS 20
INVENTORY 24
SOURCES 36
PROFILES 45
"~ PROFILE DATA FILE 45
SOURCES DATA FILE 49
FREQUENCY HIERARCHY . 50
MONITORING COMPLIANCE CALCULATION 51
CREATING PROFILES 52
SAMPLE MAINTENANCE 54
GENERIC SAMPLE MAINTENANCE . . 54
BACTI 58
OPERATOR 66
INORGANIC 71
PESTICIDE : 72
ORGANIC 73
SECONDARY 77
RAD 78
VIOLATIONS 79
ENFORCEMENT 85
FILE TRANSFER 91
SYSTEM DESIGN 91
EXPORTING RECORDS 92
IMPORTING RECORDS 95
-------
STATE OF ALASKA
.DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONSERVATION
PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY INVENTORY - USER DOCUMENTATION
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE FUNCTIONS 98
SYSTEM CODES 98
NEXT NUMBERS 101
SYSTEM STRUCTURE 103
APPENDIX - A DICTIONARY LISTINGS 105
INVENTORY 106
SOURCES 110
PROFILES 113
BACTI 119
OPERATOR 120
INORGANIC 122
ORGANIC 123
PESTICIDE ,- 126
SECONDARY 127
RAD 129
VIOLATION 130
ENFORCE '. 132
APPENDIX - B SYSTEM CODES FILE .- 133
APPENDIX - C PROGRAM LIST . 139
APPENDIX - D DEFAULT PROFILE LISTING 143
-------